2. Cylinders: Refer to ''KEYING'' article, herein.
3. Provide smooth touchpad type exit devices, fabri cated of brass, bronze, stainless steel, or aluminum, plated to standard architectural finishes to match balance of door hardware.
4. Touchpad must extend a minimum of one half of do or width. No plastic inserts are allowed in touchpads.
5. Provide exit devices with deadlatching feature f or security and for future addition of alarm kits and/or other electrified requirements.
6. Provide exit devices with weather resistant comp onents that can withstand harsh conditions of various climates and corrosive cleaners used in outdoor pool environments.
7. Provide flush end caps for exit devices.
8. Provide exit devices with manufacturer's approve d strikes.
9. Provide exit devices cut to door width and heigh t. Install exit devices at height recommended by exit device manufacturer, allowable by governing building codes, and approved by Architect.
10. Mount mechanism case flush on face of doors or provide spacers to fill gaps behind devices. Where glass trim or molding projects off face of door, provide glass bead kits.
11. Provide cylinder or hex-key dogging as specifie d at non fire-rated openings.
12. Removable Mullions: 2 inches (51 mm) x 3 inches (76 mm) steel tube. Where scheduled as keyed removable mullion, provide type that can be removed by use of a keyed cylinder, which is self-locking when re-installed.
13. Provide factory drilled weep holes for exit dev ices used in full exterior application, highly corrosive areas, and where noted in hardware sets.
14. Provide electrified options as scheduled.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 11
15. Top latch mounting: double- or single-tab mount for steel doors, face mount for aluminum doors eliminating requirement of tabs, and double tab mount for wood doors.
16. Provide exit devices with optional trim designs to match other lever and pull designs used on the project.
a. Provide levers that return to within 1/2 inch (1 3 mm) of door face.
17. Special Options:
a. CVC
1) Provide cable-actuated concealed vertical latch system in two-point for non-rated or fire rated wood doors up to a 90 minute rating and less bottom latch (LBL) configuration for non-rated or fire rated wood doors up to 20 minute rating.
Vertical rods not permitted.
a) Cable: Stainless steel with abrasive resistant c oating. Conduit and core wire ends snap into latch and center slides without use of tools. b) Wood Door Prep: Maximum 1 inch x 1.1875 inch x 3 .875 inches top latch pocket and 1 inch x 1.1875 inch x 5 inches bottom latch pocket which does not require the use of a metal wrap or edge for non-rated or fire rated wood doors up to a 45 minute rating.
c) Latchbolts and Blocking Cams: Manufactured from sintered metal low carbon copper- infiltrated steel, with molybdenum disulfide low friction coating. d) Top Latchbolt: Minimum 0.38 inch (10 mm) and gre ater than 90-degree engagement with strike to prevent door and frame separation under high static load.
e) Bottom Latchbolt: Minimum of 0.44-inch (11 mm) e ngagement with strike. f) Product Cycle Life: 1,000,000 cycles.
g) Latch Operation: Top and bottom latch operate in dependently of each other.
Top latch fully engages top strike even when bottom latch is compromised.
Separate trigger mechanisms not permitted.
h) Latch release does not require separate trigger mechanism. i) Cable and latching system characteristics:
i. Installed independently of exit device installat ion, and capable of functioning on door prior to device and trim installation. ii. Connected to exit device at single point in ste el and aluminum doors, and two points for top and bottom latches in wood doors. iii. Bottom latch height adjusted, from single poin t for steel and aluminum doors and two points for wood doors, after system is installed and connected to exit device, while door is hanging
iv. Bottom latch position altered up and down minim um of 2 inches (51 mm) in steel and aluminum doors without additional adjustment. Bottom latch deadlocks in every adjustment position in wood doors.
v. Top and bottom latches in steel and aluminum doo rs and top latch in wood doors may be removed while door is hanging.
18. Accessibility: Require not more than 5 lb. to r etract the latchbolt, per CBC 2022 11B- 404.2.7 and 11B-309.4.
a. Mechanical method: Von Duprin AX feature, where touchpad directly retracts the latchbolt with 5 lb. or less of force. Provide testing lab certification confirming that the mechanical device is independent third-party tested to meet this 5 lb. requirement. b. Electrical method: Von Duprin ’s RX-QEL feature, where lightly pressing the touchp ad with 5 lb. or less of force closes an electric switch, activating quiet electric latch retraction.
2.09 POWER SUPPLIES
A. Manufacturers and Products:
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 12
1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product:
a. Schlage/Von Duprin PS900 Series
B. Requirements:
1. Provide power supplies approved by manufacturer of supplied electrified hardware.
2. Provide appropriate quantity of power supplies n ecessary for proper operation of electrified locking components as recommended by ma nufacturer of electrified locking components with consideration for each electrified component using power supply, location of power supply, and approved wiring diagrams. Locate power supplies as directed by Architect.
3. Provide regulated and filtered 24 VDC power supp ly, and UL class 2 listed.
4. Provide power supplies with the following featur es:
a. 12/24 VDC Output, field selectable.
b. Class 2 Rated power limited output.
c. Universal 120-240 VAC input.
d. Low voltage DC, regulated and filtered.
e. Polarized connector for distribution boards.
f. Fused primary input.
g. AC input and DC output monitoring circuit w/LED indicators. h. Cover mounted AC Input indication.
i. Tested and certified to meet UL294.
j. NEMA 1 enclosure.
k. Hinged cover w/lock down screws.
l. High voltage protective cover.
2.10 CYLINDERS [VERFIFY]
A. Manufacturers:
1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product:
a. EXISTING KEY SYSTEM.
B. Requirements:
1. Provide cylinders/cores to match Owner ’s existing key system, compliant with ANSI/BHMA A156.5; latest revision; cylinder face finished to match lockset, manufacturer ’s series as indicated. Refer to “KEYING ” article, herein.
2.11 KEYING [VERIFY]
A. Scheduled System:
1. Existing factory registered system:
a. Provide cylinders/cores keyed into Owner ’s existing factory registered keying system.
Comply with guidelines in ANSI/BHMA A156.28, incorp orating decisions made at keying conference.
2. Existing non-factory registered system:
a. Provide cylinders/cores keyed into Owner ’s existing keying system managed by Owner ’s locksmith, complying with guidelines in ANSI/BHMA A156.28, incorporating decisions made at keying conference. Contact:
1) Firm Name:
2) Contact Person:
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 13
3) Telephone:
B. Requirements:
1. Construction Keying:
a. Temporary Construction Cylinder Keying.
1) Provide construction cores that permit voiding c onstruction keys without cylinder removal, furnished in accordance with the following requirements. a) Split Key or Lost Ball Construction Keying Syste m.
b) 3 construction control keys, and extractor tools or keys as required to void construction keying.
c) 12 construction change (day) keys.
2) Owner or Owner ’s Representative will void operation of temporary c onstruction keys.
b. Replaceable Construction Cores.
1) Provide temporary construction cores replaceable by permanent cores, furnished in accordance with the following requirements.
a) 3 construction control keys
b) 12 construction change (day) keys.
2) Owner or Owner ’s Representative will replace temporary construction cores with permanent cores.
2. Permanent Keying:
a. Provide permanent cylinders/cores keyed by the m anufacturer according to the following key system.
1) Master Keying system as directed by the Owner.
b. Forward bitting list and keys separately from cy linders, by means as directed by Owner. Failure to comply with forwarding requirements will be cause for replacement of cylinders/cores involved at no additional cost to Owner. c. Provide keys with the following features:
1) Material: Nickel silver; minimum thickness of .1 07-inch (2.3mm) 2) Patent Protection: Keys and blanks protected by one or more utility patent(s). 3) Geographically Exclusive: Where High Security or Security cylinders/cores are indicated, provide nationwide, geographically exclusive key system complying with the following restrictions.
d. Identification:
1) Mark permanent cylinders/cores and keys with app licable blind code for identification. Do not provide blind code marks with actual key cuts. 2) Identification stamping provisions must be appro ved by the Architect and Owner. 3) Stamp cylinders/cores and keys with Owner ’s unique key system facility code as established by the manufacturer; key symbol and emb ossed or stamped with “DO NOT DUPLICATE ” along with the “PATENTED ” or patent number to enforce the patent protection.
4) Failure to comply with stamping requirements wil l be cause for replacement of keys involved at no additional cost to Owner.
5) Forward permanent cylinders/cores to Owner, sepa rately from keys, by means as directed by Owner.
e. Quantity: Furnish in the following quantities.
1) Permanent Control Keys: 3.
2) Master Keys: 6.
3) Change (Day) Keys: 3 per cylinder/core that is k eyed differently 4) Key Blanks: Quantity as determined in the keying meeting.
2.12 KEY CONTROL SYSTEM
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 14
A. Manufacturers:
1. Scheduled Manufacturer:
a. Telkee
B. Requirements:
1. Provide key control system, including envelopes, labels, tags with self-locking key clips, receipt forms, 3-way visible card index, temporary markers, permanent markers, and standard metal cabinet, all as recommended by syste m manufacturer, with capacity for 150% of number of locks required for Project.
a. Provide complete cross index system set up by ha rdware supplier, and place keys on markers and hooks in cabinet as determined by final key schedule. b. Provide hinged-panel type cabinet for wall mount ing.
2.13 DOOR CLOSERS
A. Manufacturers and Products:
1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product:
a. LCN 4010/4110/4020 series
B. Requirements:
1. Provide door closers conforming to ANSI/BHMA A15 6.4 Grade 1 requirements by BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. Certify surface mounted mechanical closers to meet fifteen million (15,000,000) full load cycles. ISO 9000 certify closers. Stamp units with date of manufacture code.
2. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with high strength cast iron cylinder, and full complement bearings at shaft.
3. Cylinder Body: 1-1/2-inch (38 mm) diameter with 11/16-inch (17 mm) diameter double heat-treated pinion journal.
4. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F.
5. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, and providing reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards.
6. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper-proof, non-criti cal valves, with separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and backcheck.
7. Provide closers with solid forged steel main arm s and factory assembled heavy-duty forged forearms for parallel arm closers. When clos ers are parallel arm mounted, provide closers which mount within 6-inch (152 mm) top rail without use of mounting plate so that closer is not visible through vision panel from pull side.
8. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: Not perm itted.
9. Finish for Closer Cylinders, Arms, Adapter Plate s, and Metal Covers: Powder coating finish which has been certified to exceed 100 hours salt spray testing as described in ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.4 and ASTM B117, or has spe cial rust inhibitor (SRI).
10. Provide special templates, drop plates, mountin g brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting.
2.14 DOOR TRIM
A. Manufacturers:
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 15
1. Scheduled Manufacturer:
a. Ives
B. Requirements:
1. Provide push plates, push bars, pull plates, pul ls, and hands-free reversible door pulls with diameter and length as scheduled.
2.15 PROTECTION PLATES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Scheduled Manufacturer:
a. Ives
B. Requirements:
1. Provide protection plates with a minimum of 0.05 0 inch (1 mm) thick, beveled four edges as scheduled. Furnish with sheet metal or wood scre ws, finished to match plates.
2. Sizes plates 2 inches (51 mm) less width of door on single doors, pairs of doors with a mullion, and doors with edge guards. Size plates 1 inch (25 mm) less width of door on pairs without a mullion or edge guards.
3. At fire rated doors, provide protection plates o ver 16 inches high with UL label.
2.16 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Scheduled Manufacturer:
a. Ives
B. Provide door stops at each door leaf:
1. Provide wall stops wherever possible. Provide co ncave type where lockset has a push button of thumbturn.
2. Where a wall stop cannot be used, provide univer sal floor stops.
3. Where wall or floor stop cannot be used, provide overhead stop.
4. Provide roller bumper where doors open into each other and overhead stop cannot be used.
2.17 THRESHOLDS, SEALS, DOOR SWEEPS, AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOMS, AND
GASKETING
A. Manufacturers:
1. Scheduled Manufacturer:
a. Zero International
B. Requirements:
1. Provide thresholds, weather-stripping, and gaske ting systems as specified and per architectural details. Match finish of other items.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 16
2. Smoke- and Draft-Control Door Assemblies: Where smoke- and draft-control door assemblies are required, provide door hardware that meets requirements of assemblies tested according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105.
3. Provide door sweeps, seals, astragals, and auto door bottoms only of type where resilient or flexible seal strip is easily replaceable and readily available.
4. Size thresholds 1/2 inch (13 mm) high by 5 inche s (127 mm) wide by door width unless otherwise specified in the hardware sets or detailed in the drawings.
2.18 SILENCERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Scheduled Manufacturer:
a. Ives
B. Requirements:
1. Provide ''push-in'' type silencers for hollow me tal or wood frames.
2. Provide one silencer per 30 inches (762 mm) of h eight on each single frame, and two for each pair frame.
3. Omit where gasketing is specified.
2.19 DOOR POSITION SWITCHES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Scheduled Manufacturer:
a. Schlage
B. Requirements:
1. Provide recessed or surface mounted type door po sition switches as specified.
2. Coordinate door and frame preparations with door and frame suppliers. If switches are being used with magnetic locking device, provide minimum of 4 inches (102 mm) between switch and magnetic locking device.
2.20 COAT HOOKS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Scheduled Manufacturer:
a. Ives
B. Provide coat hooks as specified.
2.21 FINISHES
A. FINISH: BHMA 626/652 (US26D); EXCEPT:
1. Hinges at Exterior Doors: BHMA 630 (US32D)
2. Aluminum Geared Continuous Hinges: BHMA 628 (US2 8)
3. Push Plates, Pulls, and Push Bars: BHMA 630 (US3 2D) LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 17
4. Protection Plates: BHMA 630 (US32D)
5. Overhead Stops and Holders: BHMA 630 (US32D)
6. Door Closers: Powder Coat to Match
7. Wall Stops: BHMA 630 (US32D)
8. Latch Protectors: BHMA 630 (US32D)
9. Weatherstripping: Clear Anodized Aluminum
10. Thresholds: Mill Finish Aluminum
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Prior to installation of hardware, examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire-rated door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. Verify doors, frames, and walls have been properly reinforced for hardware installation.
B. Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring connections before electrified door hardware installation.
C. Submit a list of deficiencies in writing and pro ceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Mount door hardware units at heights to comply w ith the following, unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations.
1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8.
2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: HMMA 831.
3. Interior Architectural Wood Flush Doors: ANSI/WD MA I.S. 1A
4. Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware: DHI T DH-007-20 B. Install door hardware in accordance with NFPA 80 , NFPA 101 and provide post-install inspection, testing as specified in section 1.03.E unless otherwise required to comply with governing regulations.
C. Install each hardware item in compliance with ma nufacturer's instructions and recommendations, using only fasteners provided by m anufacturer.
D. Do not install surface mounted items until finis hes have been completed on substrate. Protect all installed hardware during painting.
E. Set units level, plumb and true to line and loca tion. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation.
F. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards.
G. Install operating parts so they move freely and smoothly without binding, sticking, or excessive clearance.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 18
H. Hinges: Install types and in quantities indicate d in door hardware schedule but not fewer than quantity recommended by manufacturer for applicatio n indicated.
I. Lock Cylinders:
1. Install construction cores to secure building an d areas during construction period.
2. Replace construction cores with permanent cores as indicated in keying section.
3. Furnish permanent cores to Owner for installatio n.
J. Wiring: Coordinate with Division 26, ELECTRICAL and Division 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY sections for:
1. Conduit, junction boxes and wire pulls.
2. Connections to and from power supplies to electr ified hardware.
3. Connections to fire/smoke alarm system and smoke evacuation system.
4. Connection of wire to door position switches and wire runs to central room or area, as directed by Architect.
5. Connections to panel interface modules, controll ers, and gateways.
6. Testing and labeling wires with Architect's open ing number.
K. Key Control System: Tag keys and place them on m arkers and hooks in key control system cabinet, as determined by final keying schedule.
L. Continuous Hinges: Re-locate the door and frame fire rating labels where they will remain visible so that the hinge does not cover the label once installed.
M. Door Closers & Auto Operators: Mount closers/ope rators on room side of corridor doors, inside of exterior doors, and stair side of stairway doors from corridors. Mount closers/operators so they are not visible in corridors, lobbies and other public spaces unless approved by Architect.
N. Overhead Stops/Holders: Mount overhead stops/hol ders on room side of corridor doors, inside of exterior doors, and stair side of stairway doors.
O. Power Supplies: Locate power supplies as indicat ed or, if not indicated, above accessible ceilings or in equipment room, or alternate location as directed by Architect.
P. Thresholds: Set thresholds in full bed of sealan t complying with requirements specified in Division 07 Section ''Joint Sealants.''
Q. Stops: Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are indicated in door hardware schedule. Do not mount floor stops where they may impede traffic or present tripping hazard.
R. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, for ming seal between door and frame.
S. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stile s, forming seal when doors are closed.
T. Door Bottoms and Sweeps: Apply to bottom of door , forming seal with threshold when door is closed.
3.03 ADJUSTING
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 19
A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operat ing item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements.
1. Spring Hinges: Adjust to achieve positive latchi ng when door can close freely from an open position of 30 degrees.
2. Electric Strikes: Adjust horizontal and vertical alignment of keeper to properly engage lock bolt.
3. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period to comply with accessibility requirements and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Occupancy Adjustment: Approximately three to six months after date of Substantial Completion, examine and readjust each item of door hardware, including adjusting operating forces, as necessary to ensure function of doors and door hardware.
3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation.
B. Clean operating items per manufacturer's instruc tions to restore proper function and finish.
C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
3.05 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
A. The intent of the hardware specification is to s pecify the hardware for interior and exterior doors, and to establish a type, continuity, and standard of quality. However, it is the door hardware supplier's responsibility to thoroughly review existing conditions, schedules, specifications, drawings, and other Contract Documents to verify the suitability of the hardware specified.
B. Discrepancies, conflicting hardware, and missing items are to be brought to the attention of the architect with corrections made prior to the bidding process. Omitted items not included in a hardware set should be scheduled with the appropr iate additional hardware required for proper application.
C. Hardware items are referenced in the following h ardware schedule. Refer to the above specifications for special features, options, cylinders/keying, and other requirements.
D. Hardware Sets:
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 20
Hardware Group No. 01
For use on Door #(s):
106 129
QTY
DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 630 IVE
1 EA ENTRANCE W/DEADBOLT L9453L 06A L583-363 626 SCH
1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER (MATCH EXISTING) 626 SCH
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN
1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA RAIN DRIP 142AA (OMIT @ OVERHANG) AA ZER
1 SET SET SEAL 429AA-S (@ HEAD & JAMBS) AA ZER
1 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER
1 EA THRESHOLD 547A-223 (OR AS REQ'D. OR PER
DETAIL/CONDITIONS)
A ZER
KEY TO EXISTING
Hardware Group No. 02
For use on Door #(s):
105 110
QTY
DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 630 IVE
1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK L9070L 06A 626 SCH
1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER (MATCH EXISTING) 626 SCH
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN
1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA RAIN DRIP 142AA (OMIT @ OVERHANG) AA ZER
1 SET SET SEAL 429AA-S (@ HEAD & JAMBS) AA ZER
1 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER
1 EA THRESHOLD 547A-223 (OR AS REQ'D. OR PER
DETAIL/CONDITIONS)
A ZER
KEY TO EXISTING
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 21
Hardware Group No. 03
For use on Door #(s):
113 115
QTY
DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR
3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE
1 EA ENTRANCE W/DEADBOLT L9453L 06A L583-363 626 SCH
1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER (MATCH EXISTING) 626 SCH
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689 LCN
1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA RAIN DRIP 142AA (OMIT @ OVERHANG) AA ZER
1 SET SET SEAL 429AA-S (@ HEAD & JAMBS) AA ZER
1 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER
1 EA THRESHOLD 547A-223 (OR AS REQ'D. OR PER
DETAIL/CONDITIONS)
A ZER
KEY TO EXISTING
Hardware Group No. 04
For use on Door #(s):
107 116 117 118
QTY
DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR
6 EA HINGE 5BB1 SH 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE
1 EA CONST LATCHING BOLT FB51P 630 IVE
1 EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DP1/DP2 AS REQ'D 626 IVE
1 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080L 06A 626 SCH
1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER (MATCH EXISTING) 626 SCH
1 EA COORDINATOR COR X FL 628 IVE
2 EA MOUNTING BRACKET MB AS REQ'D 689 IVE
2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 SCUSH 689 LCN
2 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA RAIN DRIP 142AA (OMIT @ OVERHANG) AA ZER
1 EA GASKETING 188SBK PSA BK ZER
1 EA SET SEAL 429AA-S (@ JAMBS) AA ZER
2 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER
1 EA SECURITY ASTRAGAL 43STST STST ZER
1 EA THRESHOLD 547A-223 (OR AS REQ'D. OR PER
DETAIL/CONDITIONS)
A ZER
KEY TO EXISTING
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 22
Hardware Group No. 05
For use on Door #(s):
101
QTY
DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR
7 EA HINGE 5BB1 SH 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE
1 EA ELECTRIC HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 CON TW8 630 IVE
1 EA PANIC HARDWARE PA-9849-EO 626 VON
1 EA ELEC PANIC HARDWARE PA-9849-L-M996-06-FSE 626 VON 1 EA INTERFACE BOX JB7 OR BY DIV. 28 VON
1 EA RIM CYLINDER 20-057 (VERIFY) 626 SCH
2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689 LCN
2 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
2 EA FLOOR STOP FS444 626 IVE
1 EA RAIN DRIP 142AA (OMIT @ OVERHANG) AA ZER
1 EA GASKETING 188SBK PSA BK ZER
1 EA SET SEAL 429AA-S (@ JAMBS) AA ZER
2 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER
1 EA THRESHOLD 547A-223 (OR AS REQ'D. OR PER
DETAIL/CONDITIONS)
A ZER
1 EA WIRE HARNESS CON (LENTGH AS REQUIRED) SCH
1 EA CARD READER CARD READER AND WIRING BY
DIV. 28
B/O
2 EA DOOR CONTACT 7764 628 SCE
1 EA POWER SUPPLY PS902 900-2RS 900-BBK 120/240
VAC OR BY DIV. 28
VON
1 EA DIAGRAM PROVIDE FACTORY POINT TO
POINT WIRING DIAGRAM
VON
KEY TO EXISTING
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 23
Hardware Group No. 06
For use on Door #(s):
111
QTY
DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR
6 EA HINGE 5BB1 SH 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE
1 EA CONST LATCHING BOLT FB51P 630 IVE
1 EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DP1/DP2 AS REQ'D 626 IVE
1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK L9070L 06A 626 SCH
1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER (MATCH EXISTING) 626 SCH
1 EA COORDINATOR COR X FL 628 IVE
2 EA MOUNTING BRACKET MB AS REQ'D 689 IVE
2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689 LCN
2 EA FLOOR STOP FS444 626 IVE
1 EA RAIN DRIP 142AA (OMIT @ OVERHANG) AA ZER
1 EA THRESHOLD 547A-223 (OR AS REQ'D. OR PER
DETAIL/CONDITIONS)
A ZER
ALUM SEALS BY DR MANUF
KEY TO EXISTING
Hardware Group No. 07
For use on Door #(s):
112
QTY
DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 SH 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE
1 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080L 06A 626 SCH
1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER (MATCH EXISTING) 626 SCH
1 EA LOCK GUARD LG12 630 IVE
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 SCUSH 689 LCN
1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA RAIN DRIP 142AA (OMIT @ OVERHANG) AA ZER
1 SET SET SEAL 429AA-S (@ HEAD & JAMBS) AA ZER
1 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER
1 EA THRESHOLD 547A-223 (OR AS REQ'D. OR PER
DETAIL/CONDITIONS)
A ZER
KEY TO EXISTING
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 24
Hardware Group No. 08
For use on Door #(s):
119 130 112
QTY
DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR
3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW SH 5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE
1 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080L 06A 626 SCH
1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER (MATCH EXISTING) 626 SCH
1 EA LOCK GUARD LG12 630 IVE
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 SCUSH 689 LCN
1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA RAIN DRIP 142AA (OMIT @ OVERHANG) AA ZER
1 SET SET SEAL 429AA-S (@ HEAD & JAMBS) AA ZER
1 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER
1 EA THRESHOLD 547A-223 (OR AS REQ'D. OR PER
DETAIL/CONDITIONS)
A ZER
KEY TO EXISTING
Hardware Group No. 09
For use on Door #(s):
114A 114B 114C 114D 114E
QTY
DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 630 IVE
1 EA PRIVACY LOCK W/
OUTSIDE INDICATOR
L9040 06A L583-363 OS-OCC 626 SCH
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN
1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 1" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA WALL STOP WS406/407CCV AS REQ'D 630 IVE
1 EA COAT AND HAT HOOK 582 626 IVE
3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE
KEY TO EXISTING
Hardware Group No. 10
For use on Door #(s):
111A
QTY
DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE
1 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080L 06A 626 SCH
1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER (MATCH EXISTING) 626 SCH
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689 LCN
1 EA FLOOR STOP FS436/438 AS REQ'D 626 IVE
1 EA GASKETING 188SBK PSA BK ZER
KEY TO EXISTING
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 25
Hardware Group No. 11
For use on Door #(s):
102 103 104A 108A
QTY
DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE
1 EA OFFICE/ENTRY LOCK W/
INSIDE INDICATOR
L9050L 06A L583-363 IS-LOC 626 SCH
1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER (MATCH EXISTING) 626 SCH
1 EA FLOOR STOP FS436/438 AS REQ'D 626 IVE
1 EA GASKETING 188SBK PSA BK ZER
KEY TO EXISTING
Hardware Group No. 12
For use on Door #(s):
109
QTY
DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE
1 EA OFFICE/ENTRY LOCK W/
INSIDE INDICATOR
L9050L 06A L583-363 IS-LOC 626 SCH
1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER (MATCH EXISTING) 626 SCH
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 HEDA 689 LCN
1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA FLOOR STOP FS436/438 AS REQ'D 626 IVE
1 EA GASKETING 188SBK PSA BK ZER
KEY TO EXISTING
Hardware Group No. 13
For use on Door #(s):
109A 109B
QTY
DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE
1 EA PRIVACY LOCK W/
OUTSIDE INDICATOR
L9040 06A L583-363 OS-OCC 626 SCH
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN
1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 1" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA WALL STOP WS406/407CCV AS REQ'D 630 IVE
1 EA COAT AND HAT HOOK 582 626 IVE
3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 26
Hardware Group No. 14
For use on Door #(s):
104 108
QTY
DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE
1 EA PUSH PLATE 8200 8" X 16" 630 IVE
1 EA PULL PLATE 8303 10" 4" X 16" 630 IVE
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 SCUSH 689 LCN
1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 1" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE
Hardware Group No. 15
For use on Door #(s):
114 124 125 126 127
QTY
DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR
1 EA CANE BOLT KIT 524P23SPU 24" x KEEPER 630 CRO
1 EA PADLOCK KNK-KD KS23D2300 606 SCH
1 EA NOTE BALANCE OF HARDWARE BY
GATE MANUFACTURER
B/O
GATE PREPPED FOR PADLOCK
HINGES BY GATE MANUF.
KEY TO EXISTING
Hardware Group No. 16
For use on Door #(s):
120 121 122 123 128
QTY
DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR
2 EA CANE BOLT KIT 524P23SPU 24" x KEEPER 630 CRO
2 EA PADLOCK KNK-KD KS23D2300 606 SCH
1 EA NOTE BALANCE OF HARDWARE BY
GATE MANUFACTURER
B/O
GATE PREPPED FOR PADLOCKS
HINGES BY GATE MANUF.
KEY TO EXISTING
END OF SECTION 08 71 00
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Mirrors 08 83 00 - 1
SECTION 08 83 00
MIRRORS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Glass mirrors.
1. Tempered safety glass.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Mirrors:
1. Bobrick B-2908 Series, Basis of Design.
2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Mirror Glass; float: Clear, tempered safety glass; ASTM C1048, with copper and silver coatings, and protective overcoating.
1. Thickness: 1/4 inch.
2. Edges: Square and lapped.
3. Size: 24" x 36".
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Mirror Attachment Accessories: mechanically fastened.
B. Rolled Formed Frame: One piece, roll-formed angle frame, stainless steel, Type 430, satin finish, with welded frame corners, ground and polished smooth.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Set mirrors plumb and level, and free of optical distortion.
B. Set mirrors with edge clearance free of surrounding construction including countertops or backsplashes.
3.02 CLEANING
A. Remove wet glazing materials from finish surfaces.
B. Remove labels after work is complete.
C. Clean mirrors and adjacent surfaces.
END OF SECTION 08 83 00
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Louvers 08 91 00 - 1
SECTION 08 91 00
LOUVERS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 LOUVERS
A. Louvers: Factory fabricated and assembled, complete with frame, mullions, and accessories; AMCA Certified in accordance with AMCA 511.
END OF SECTION 08 91 00
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 21 16 - 1
SECTION 09 21 16
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Metal stud wall framing.
B. Acoustic insulation.
C. Gypsum sheathing.
D. Cementitious backing board.
E. Gypsum wallboard.
F. Joint treatment and accessories.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 07 25 00 - Weather Barriers: Water-resistive barrier over sheathing.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI A118.9 - American National Standard Specifications for Test Methods and Specifications for Cementitious Backer Units; 2019.
B. ASTM C475/C475M - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board; 2017 (Reapproved 2022).
C. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 2023.
D. ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2023.
E. ASTM C954 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness; 2022.
F. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2022.
G. ASTM C1047 - Standard Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base; 2019.
H. ASTM C1177/C1177M - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing; 2017.
I. ASTM C1178/C1178M - Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel; 2018.
J. ASTM C1280 - Standard Specification for Application of Exterior Gypsum Panel Products for Use as Sheathing; 2018 (Reapproved 2023).
K. ASTM C1325 - Standard Specification for Fiber-Mat Reinforced Cementitious Backer Units; 2022, with Editorial Revision (2023).
L. ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2017.
M. ASTM C1629/C1629M - Standard Classification for Abuse-Resistant Nondecorated Interior Gypsum Panel Products and Fiber-Reinforced Cement Panels; 2023.
N. ASTM C1658/C1658M - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Panels; 2019, with Editorial Revision (2020).
O. ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber; 2021.
P. GA-216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Panel Products; 2021.
Q. GA-226 - Application of Gypsum Board to Form Curved Surfaces; 2019.
R. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; Current Edition.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data on metal framing, gypsum board, accessories, and joint finishing system.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing gypsum board installation and finishing.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 21 16 - 2
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C840 and GA-216.
2.02 BOARD MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers - Gypsum-Based Board:
1. American Gypsum Company: www.americangypsum.com/#sle.
2. CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com/#sle.
3. Continental Building Products: www.continental-bp.com/#sle.
4. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum: www.gpgypsum.com/#sle.
5. Lafarge North America Inc: www.lafargenorthamerica.com.
6. National Gypsum Company: www.nationalgypsum.com/#sle.
7. PABCO Gypsum: www.pabcogypsum.com/#sle.
8. USG Corporation: www.usg.com/#sle.
9. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Gypsum Wallboard: Paper-faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut.
1. Application: Use for vertical surfaces and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. a. Mold resistant board is required at all locations.
3. At Assemblies Indicated with Fire-Rating: Use type required by indicated tested assembly; if no tested assembly is indicated, use Type X board, UL or WH listed.
4. Thickness:
a. Vertical Surfaces: 5/8 inch.
b. Ceilings: 1/2 inch.
c. Multi-Layer Assemblies: Thicknesses as indicated on drawings.
5. Mold Resistant Paper Faced Products:
a. American Gypsum Company; M-Bloc.
b. American Gypsum Company; M-Bloc Type X.
c. Continental Building Products; Mold Defense.
d. Continental Building Products; Mold Defense Type X. e. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; ToughRock Mold-Guard.
f. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; ToughRock Fireguard X Mold-Guard. g. National Gypsum Company; gold Bond XP Gypsum Board.
h. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements C. Impact Resistant Wallboard:
1. Application: High-traffic areas indicated.
2. Surface Abrasion: Level 3, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM C1629/C1629M.
3. Indentation: Level 1, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM C1629/C1629M.
4. Soft Body Impact: Level 3, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM C1629/C1629M.
5. Hard Body Impact: Level 2, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM C1629/C1629M.
6. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273.
7. Glass Mat-Faced Type: Gypsum wallboard as defined in ASTM C1658/C1658M.
8. Type: Fire resistance rated Type X, UL or WH listed.
9. Thickness: 5/8 inch.
10. Edges: Tapered.
D. Backing Board For Wet Areas: One of the following products:
1. Application: Surfaces behind tile in wet areas including tub and shower surrounds, shower ceilings, and restrooms.
2. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 21 16 - 3
3. ANSI Cement-Based Board: Non-gypsum-based; aggregated Portland cement panels with glass fiber mesh embedded in front and back surfaces complying with ANSI A118.9 or ASTM C1325.
a. Thickness: 1/2 inch.
b. Products:
1) Custom Building Products; _____: www.custombuildingproducts.com/#sle. 2) National Gypsum Company; PermaBase Cement Board:
www.nationalgypsum.com/#sle.
3) USG Corporation; _____: www.usg.com/#sle.
4) Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; DensShield Tile Backer.
5) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
E. Ceiling Board: Special sag resistant gypsum ceiling board as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut.
1. Application: Ceilings, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Thickness: 1/2 inch.
3. Edges: Tapered.
4. Products:
a. CertainTeed Corporation; Interior Ceiling Drywall.
b. Continental Building Products; Sagcheck.
c. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; ToughRock Span 24 Ceiling Board. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
F. Shaftwall and Coreboard: Type X; 1 inch thick by 24 inches wide, beveled long edges, ends square cut.
1. Paper-Faced Type: Gypsum shaftliner board or gypsum coreboard as defined ASTM C1396/C1396M; water-resistant faces.
2. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273.
3. Paper-Faced Products:
a. American Gypsum Company; M-Bloc Shaft Liner.
b. CertainTeed Corporation; M2Tech Type X Shaftliner.
c. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; ToughRock Shaftliner.
d. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP. e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.03 GYPSUM WALLBOARD ACCESSORIES
A. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber, friction fit type, unfaced. Thickness: 1 inch.
B. Water-Resistive Barrier: As specified in Section 07 25 00.
C. Beads, Joint Accessories, and Other Trim: ASTM C1047, rigid plastic, galvanized steel, or rolled zinc, unless noted otherwise.
1. Rigid Corner Beads: Low profile, for 90 degree outside corners.
2. Corner Beads: Low profile, for for 90 degree outside corners.
3. Chemical hardening type compound.
4. Expansion Joints:
a. Type: V-shaped metal with factory-installed protective tape.
D. Joint Materials: ASTM C475/C475M and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for project conditions.
1. Fiberglass Tape: 2 inch wide, coated glass fiber tape for joints and corners.
2. Joint Compound: Setting type, field-mixed.
E. High Build Drywall Surfacer: Vinyl acrylic latex-based coating for spray application, designed to take the place of skim coating and separate paint primer in achieving Level 5 finish.
F. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Cold-Formed Steel Studs Less than 0.033 inch in Thickness and Wood Members: ASTM C1002; self-piercing tapping screws, corrosion resistant.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 21 16 - 4
G. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Steel Members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch in Thickness: ASTM C954; steel drill screws, corrosion resistant.
H. Anchorage to Substrate: Tie wire, nails, screws, and other metal supports, of type and size to suit application; to rigidly secure materials in place.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence.
3.02 SHAFT WALL INSTALLATION
A. Shaft Wall Liner: Cut panels to accurate dimension and install sequentially between special friction studs.
3.03 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION
A. Acoustic Insulation: Place tightly within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions.
B. Acoustic Sealant: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
1. Place one bead continuously on substrate before installation of perimeter framing members.
2. Place continuous bead at perimeter of each layer of gypsum board.
3. Seal around all penetrations by conduit, pipe, ducts, and rough-in boxes, except where firestopping is provided.
3.04 BOARD INSTALLATION
A. Comply with ASTM C840, GA-216, and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations.
B. Single-Layer Non-Rated: Install gypsum board perpendicular to framing, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing.
1. Exception: Tapered edges to receive joint treatment at right angles to framing.
C. Double-Layer Non-Rated: Use gypsum board for first layer, placed parallel to framing or furring members, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. Place second layer perpendicular to framing or furring members. Offset joints of second layer from joints of first layer.
D. Fire-Rated Construction: Install gypsum board in strict compliance with requirements of assembly listing.
E. Exterior Sheathing: Comply with ASTM C1280. Install sheathing vertically, with edges butted tight and ends occurring over firm bearing.
1. Paper-Faced Sheathing: Immediately after installation, protect from weather by application of water-resistive barrier.
F. Exterior Soffits: Install exterior soffit board perpendicular to framing, with staggered end joints over framing members or other solid backing.
G. Installation on Metal Framing: Use screws for attachment of gypsum board.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES
A. Control Joints: Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces and as indicated.
B. Corner Beads: Install at external corners, using longest practical lengths.
C. Edge Trim: Install at locations where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials.
D. Decorative Trim: Install at locations shown on drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
E. Exterior Soffit Vents: Install according to manufacturer's written instructions and in locations indicated on drawings. Provide vent area indicated on drawings.
3.06 JOINT TREATMENT
A. Glass Mat Faced Gypsum Board and Exterior Glass Mat Faced Sheathing: Use fiberglass joint tape, embed and finish with setting type joint compound.
B. Paper Faced Gypsum Board: Use paper joint tape, embed with drying type joint compound and finish with drying type joint compound.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 21 16 - 5
C. Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C840, as follows:
1. Level 5: Walls and ceilings to receive semi-gloss or gloss paint finish and other areas specifically indicated.
2. Level 4: Walls and ceilings to receive paint finish or wall coverings, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Level 3: Walls to receive textured wall finish.
4. Level 2: In utility areas, behind cabinetry, and on backing board to receive tile finish.
5. Level 1: Fire rated wall areas above finished ceilings, whether or not accessible in the completed construction.
D. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes.
1. Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch.
E. Where Level 5 finish is indicated, spray apply high build drywall surfacer over entire surface after joints have been properly treated; achieve a flat and tool mark-free finish.
3.07 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction.
END OF SECTION 09 21 16
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Tiling 09 30 00 - 1
SECTION 09 30 00
TILING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Ceramic accessories.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene a preinstallation meeting one week before starting work of this section; require attendance by all affected installers.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers' data sheets on tile, mortar, grout, and accessories.
Include instructions for using grouts and adhesives.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate tile layout, patterns, color arrangement, perimeter conditions, junctions with dissimilar materials, control and expansion joints, thresholds, ceramic accessories, and setting details.
D. Samples: Mount tile and apply grout on two plywood panels, minimum 18 by 18 inches in size illustrating pattern, color variations, and grout joint size variations.
E. Maintenance Data: Include recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, and stain removal methods.
1.05 MOCK-UP
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for mock-up.
B. Construct tile mock-up where indicated on drawings, incorporating all components specified for the location.
1. Minimum size of mock-up is indicated on drawings.
2. Approved mock-up may remain as part of the Work.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect adhesives from freezing or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install solvent-based products in an unventilated environment.
B. Maintain ambient and substrate temperature of 50 degrees F during installation of mortar materials.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TRIM AND ACCESSORIES
A. Ceramic Accessories: Glazed finish, same color and finish as adjacent field tile; same manufacturer as tile.
2.02 SETTING MATERIALS
2.03 GROUTS
END OF SECTION 09 30 00
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Acoustical Ceilings 09 51 00 - 1
SECTION 09 51 00
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Suspended metal grid ceiling system.
B. Acoustical units.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM C423 - Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method; 2009a.
B. ASTM C635/C635M - Standard Specification for Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings; 2022.
C. ASTM C636/C636M - Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels; 2019.
D. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2023a.
E. ASTM E580/E580M - Standard Practice for Installation of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Subject to Earthquake Ground Motions; 2014.
F. ASTM E1264 - Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products; 2014.
G. ASTM E795 - Standard Practices for Mounting Test Specimens During Sound Absorption Tests; 2005 (Reapproved 2012).
H. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads for buildings and Other Structures; 2010.
I. CBC Section 1705 - California Building Code Section 1705A; Statement of Special Inspections.
J. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; current edition.
K. UL (GGG) - GREENGUARD Gold Certified Products; current listings at http://http://productguide.ulenvironment.com/QuickSearch.aspx.
1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Sequence work to ensure acoustical ceilings are not installed until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved.
B. Do not install acoustical units until after interior wet work is dry.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate grid layout and related dimensioning.
C. Product Data: Provide data on suspension system components.
D. Samples: Submit two full size samples illustrating material and finish of acoustical units.
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures.
F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
2. Extra Acoustical Units: Quantity equal to 5 percent of total installed.
G. Research/Evaluation Reports: Current ICC-ES reports for each acoustical panel ceiling and suspension components, including anchor and fastener types.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Seismic Design: CBC Seismic Design Catagory E, including:
1. Additional requirements of CBC Section 1614A.1.12.
3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Acoustical Ceilings 09 51 00 - 2
1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F, and maximum humidity of 40 percent prior to, during, and after acoustical unit installation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acoustic Tiles/Panels:
1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc; Basis of Design.: www.armstrong.com/#sle.
2. CertainTeed Corporation; ____: www.certainteed.com/#sle.
3. USG; ____: www.usg.com/#sle.
4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Suspension Systems:
1. Same as for acoustical units.
2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.02 ACOUSTICAL UNITS
A. Acoustical Units - General: ASTM E1264, Class A.
B. Acoustical Tile: Painted mineral fiber, ASTM E1264 Type III, with the following characteristics:
1. Size: 24 by 48 inches.
2. Thickness: 5/8 inches.
3. Composition: Water felted.
4. Light Reflectance: .87 percent, determined in accordance with ASTM E1264.
5. NRC Range: .75 to .80, determined in accordance with ASTM E1264.
6. Articulation Class (AC): 170, determined in accordance with ASTM E1264.
7. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): 35, determined in accordance with ASTM E1264.
8. Edge: Square.
9. Surface Color: White.
10. Surface Pattern: Non-directional fissured.
11. Suspension System: Exposed grid.
12. Products:
a. Armstrong Ultima High NRC.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.03 SUSPENSION SYSTEM(S)
A. Metal Suspension Systems - General: Complying with ASTM C635/C635M; die cut and interlocking components, with stabilizer bars as required.
B. Exposed Steel Suspension System: Formed steel, commercial quality cold rolled; heavy-duty.
1. Profile: Tee; 15/16 inch wide face.
2. Construction: Double web.
3. Finish: White painted.
4. Products:
a. Armstrong Prelude XL 15/16", ESR 1308.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit application, seismic requirements, and ceiling system flatness requirement specified.
B. Seismic Bracing: Manufacturer's standard perimeter stabilizer bars, compression struts, and seismic ceiling panel clips designed to accommodate seismic forces.
C. Perimeter Moldings: Same material and finish as grid.
1. At Exposed Grid: Provide L-shaped molding for mounting at same elevation as face of grid.
3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Acoustical Ceilings 09 51 00 - 3
D. Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements:
1. Zinc-Coated, carbon-steel wire: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper.
2. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at 3 times hanger desing load (ASTM C635, Table 1 'Direct Hung') will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106-ince (12 ga.W&M) diameter wire.
E. Touch-up Paint: Type and color to match acoustical and grid units.
F. Seismic Clips: Manufacturer's standard seismic clips design and spaced to secure acoustical panels in place.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work.
3.02 INSTALLATION - SUSPENSION SYSTEM
A. Install suspension system in accordance with ASTM C636/C636M, ASTM E580/E580M, and manufacturer's instructions and as supplemented in this section.
B. Rigidly secure system, including integral mechanical and electrical components, for maximum deflection of 1:360.
C. Lay out system to a balanced grid design with edge units no less than 50 percent of acoustical unit size.
D. Install after major above-ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work.
E. Hang suspension system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members.
F. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance.
G. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability.
H. Support fixture loads using supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner, or support components independently.
I. Do not eccentrically load system or induce rotation of runners.
J. Perimeter Molding: Install at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces and at junctions with other interruptions.
1. Use longest practical lengths.
2. Overlap and rivet corners.
3.03 INSTALLATION - ACOUSTICAL UNITS
A. Install acoustical units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function.
C. Fit border trim neatly against abutting surfaces.
D. Install units after above-ceiling work is complete.
E. Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and dents.
F. Cutting Acoustical Units:
1. Make field cut edges of same profile as factory edges.
2. Double cut and field paint exposed reveal edges.
G. Where round obstructions occur, provide preformed closures to match perimeter molding. 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Acoustical Ceilings 09 51 00 - 4
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Regulatory Requirements: Special tests and inspections for suspended ceiling systems and anchorages per CBC Section 1705.3.
B. Remove and replace acoustical panel ceiling hangers and anchors and fasteners that do not pass tests and inspections and retest as specified above.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.05 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet.
B. Maximum Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: 2 degrees.
END OF SECTION 09 51 00
3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Exterior Painting 09 91 13 - 1
SECTION 09 91 13
EXTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Surface preparation.
B. Scope: Finish exterior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory-finished and unless otherwise indicated, including the following:
C. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items:
1. Items factory-finished unless otherwise indicated; materials and products having factory- applied primers are not considered factory finished.
2. Items indicated to receive other finishes.
3. Items indicated to remain unfinished.
4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, and operating parts of equipment.
5. Floors, unless specifically indicated.
6. Glass.
7. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 61 16 - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions.
B. Section 09 91 23 - Interior Painting.
C. Section 09 96 00 - High-Performance Coatings.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; current edition.
B. MPI (APSM) - Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual; Current Edition, www.paintinfo.com.
C. SSPC-SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning; 2015.
D. SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning; 1982 (Ed. 2004).
E. SSPC-SP 13 - Surface Preparation of Concrete; 2018.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Samples: Submit three paper "draw down" samples, 8-1/2 by 11 inches in size, illustrating range of colors available for each finishing product specified.
1. Where sheen is specified, submit samples in only that sheen.
2. Where sheen is not specified, submit each color in each sheen available.
3. Paint color submittals will not be considered until color submittals for major materials not to be painted, such as masonry, have been approved.
C. Certification: By manufacturer that paints and finishes comply with VOC limits specified.
D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special surface preparation procedures.
E. Maintenance Data: Submit data including finish schedule showing where each product/color/finish was used, product technical data sheets, material safety data sheets (MSDS), care and cleaning instructions, touch-up procedures, repair of painted and finished surfaces, and color samples of each color and finish used.
F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
2. Extra Paint and Finish Materials: 1 gallon of each color; from the same product run, store where directed.
3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Exterior Painting 09 91 13 - 2
3. Label each container with color in addition to the manufacturer's label.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified, with minimum three years documented experience.
1.06 MOCK-UP
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for mock-up.
B. Locate where directed by Architect.
C. Mock-up may remain as part of the work.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability.
B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing.
C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer.
B. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations.
C. Do not apply exterior paint and finishes during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer.
D. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surface.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Provide paints and finishes used in any individual system from the same manufacturer; no exceptions.
B. Paints:
1. Base Manufacturer: Sherwin Williams Company.
2. Benjamin Moore Company..
3. Dunn Edwards Company.
4. Kelly Moore Paoint Company.
C. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.02 PAINTS AND FINISHES - GENERAL
A. Paints and Finishes: Ready mixed, unless required to be a field-catalyzed paint.
B. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: Comply with Section 01 61 16.
C. Sheens: Provide the sheens specified; where sheen is not specified, sheen will be selected later by Architect from the manufacturer's full line.
D. Colors: To be selected from manufacturer's full range of available colors, if not noted on drawings.
1. Selection to be made by Architect after award of contract.
2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS - EXTERIOR
A. Paint E-OP - Exterior Surfaces to be Painted, Unless Otherwise Indicated: Including concrete, concrete masonry units, brick, fiber cement siding, primed wood, and primed metal.
1. Two top coats and one coat primer.
3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Exterior Painting 09 91 13 - 3
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer.
B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially effect proper application.
C. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to application.
B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.
C. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces for finishing.
D. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat.
E. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry.
F. Concrete:
1. Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not coat surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be coated exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions.
2. Prepare surface as recommended by top coat manufacturer and according to SSPC-SP
13. G. Masonry:
1. Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not coat surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces or if alkalinity of mortar joints exceed that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. Allow to dry.
H. Galvanized Surfaces:
1. Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent according to SSPC-SP 1.
2. Prepare surface according to SSPC-SP 2.
I. Metal Doors to be Painted: Prime metal door top and bottom edge surfaces.
3.03 APPLICATION
A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual".
B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied.
C. Apply each coat to uniform appearance.
D. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat.
E. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site.
3.06 PROTECTION
3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Exterior Painting 09 91 13 - 4
A. Protect finishes until completion of project.
B. Touch-up damaged finishes after Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 09 91 13
3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Interior Painting 09 91 23 - 1
SECTION 09 91 23
INTERIOR PAINTING
<<<< UPDATE NOTES
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PAINTS AND FINISHES - GENERAL
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to application.
B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.
C. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces or finishing.
D. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat.
3.02 APPLICATION
A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual".
B. Apply each coat to uniform appearance in thicknesses specified by manufacturer.
C. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing.
END OF SECTION 09 91 23
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
High-Performance Coatings 09 96 00 - 1
SECTION 09 96 00
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. High performance coatings.
B. Surface preparation.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; current edition.
B. MPI (APL) - Master Painters Institute Approved Products List; Master Painters and Decorators Association; current edition, www.paintinfo.com.
C. MPI (APSM) - Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual; Current Edition, www.paintinfo.com.
D. SCAQMD 1113 - South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1113; current edition.
E. SSPC V1 (PM1) - Good Painting Practice: Painting Manual Volume 1; 2016.
F. SSPC V2 (PM2) - Systems and Specifications: Steel Structures Painting Manual Volume 2; 2021.
G. SSPC-PA 1 - Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel; 2004.
H. SSPC-SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning; 2015.
I. SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning; 1982 (Ed. 2004).
J. SSPC-SP 3 - Power Tool Cleaning; 1982 (Ed. 2004).
K. SSPC-SP 6 - Commercial Blast Cleaning; 2007.
L. SSPC-SP 11 - Power-Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal; 2020.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide complete list of all products to be used, with the following information for each:
1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.g. "alkyd enamel").
2. MPI product number (e.g. MPI #47).
3. Cross-reference to specified coating system(s) product is to be used in; include description of each system.
4. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
C. Samples: Submit two samples 8 by 8 inch in size illustrating colors available for selection.
D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that high-performance coatings comply with VOC limits specified.
E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention.
G. Maintenance Data: Include cleaning procedures and repair and patching techniques.
H. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project.
1. Extra Coating Materials: 1 gallon of each type and color.
2. Label each container with manufacturer's name, product number, color number, and room names and numbers where used.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
High-Performance Coatings 09 96 00 - 2
A. Maintain one copy of each referenced document that applies to application on site.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum tenyears documented experience.
C. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years documented experience.
1.05 MOCK-UPS
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements for general requirements for mock-up.
B. Locate where directed.
C. Mock-up may remain as part of the work.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability.
B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of coating, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing.
C. Coating Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions.
1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations.
B. Do not install materials when temperature is below 55 degrees F or above 90 degrees F.
C. Maintain this temperature range, 24 hours before, during, and 72 hours after installation of coating.
D. Restrict traffic from area where coating is being applied or is curing.
1.08 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements.
B. Correct defective Work within a one (1) year period after Date of Substantial Completion.
C. Warranty: Include coverage for bond to substrate.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. High-Performance Coatings:
1. Tnemec Company, Inc; _____: www.tnemec.com/#sle.
2. Rust-Oleum Corporation: www.rustoleum.com.
3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.02 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS
A. Provide coating systems that meet the following minimum performance criteria, unless more stringent criteria are specified:
1. Lead Content: None.
2. Scrubbability: Excellent.
3. Gloss and Color Retention: Excellent.
2.03 TOP COAT MATERIALS
A. Coatings - General: Provide complete multi-coat systems formulated and recommended by manufacturer for the applications indicated, in the thicknesses indicated; number of coats specified does not include primer or filler coat.
1. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content:
3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
High-Performance Coatings 09 96 00 - 3
a. Provide coatings that comply with the most stringent requirements specified in the following:
1) 40 CFR 59, Subpart D--National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings.
2) SCAQMD 1113 Rule.
b. Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), exclusive of colorants added to a tint base and water added at project site; or other method acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Urethane Coating for steel:
1. Number of Coats: Two.
2. Product Characteristics:
a. Dry film thickness, per coat: 2-3mils, minimum.
b. Comply with the performance requirements specified above for moderate exposure.
3. Top Coat(s): Polyurethane, Two-Component; MPI #72, #174. a. Sheen: Semi-Gloss.
b. Products:
4. Top Coat(s): Polyurethane, Water Based, Two-Component. a. Sheen: Satin.
b. Products:
1) Tnemec Company, Inc; Series 297 Enviro-Glaze: www.tnemec.com/#sl or equal.
5. Primer: As recommended by coating manufacturer for specific substrate.
C. Primers: As recommended by coating manufacturer for specific substrate, unless otherwise specified.
D. Shellac: Pure, white type.
2.04 PRIMERS
A. Primers: Provide zinc rich primer recommened by Coating Manufactuerer.(Tnemec)
2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Accessory Materials: Provide primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials, and clean-up materials as required for final completion of coated surfaces.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify existing conditions before starting work.
B. Do not begin application of coatings until substrates have been properly prepared.
C. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the coating manufacturer. Obtain and follow manufacturer's instructions for examination and testing of substrates.
D. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application.
E. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces of loose foreign matter.
B. Remove substances that would bleed through finished coatings. If unremovable, seal surface with shellac.
C. Remove finish hardware, fixture covers, and accessories and store.
D. Galvanized Surfaces:
1. Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent according to SSPC-SP 1. 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
High-Performance Coatings 09 96 00 - 4
2. Prepare surface according to SSPC-SP 2.
E. Ferrous Metal:
1. Solvent clean according to SSPC-SP 1.
2. Shop-Primed Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Re-prime entire shop-primed item.
3. Remove rust, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances using using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer and blast cleaning according to SSPC-SP 6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning", and protect from corrosion until coated.
F. Protect adjacent surfaces and materials not receiving coating from spatter and overspray; mask if necessary to provide adequate protection. Repair damage.
3.03 PRIMING
A. Apply primer to all surfaces, unless specifically not required by coating manufacturer. Apply in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions.
3.04 COATING APPLICATION
A. Apply coatings in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, to thicknesses specified and recommendations in MPI - Architectural Painting and Specification Manual.
B. Apply in uniform thickness coats, without runs, drips, pinholes, brush marks, or variations in color, texture, or finish. Finish edges, crevices, corners, and other changes in dimension with full coating thickness.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements for general requirements for field inspection.
B. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test coatings for dry film thickness.
1. Touch up and restore coated surfaces damaged by testing.
2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied coating does not comply with coating manufacturer's written recommendations, and specified thickness, Contractor shall pay for retesting and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with coating manufacturer's written recommendations, and specified thickness.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site.
B. Clean surfaces immediately of overspray, splatter, and excess material.
C. After coating has cured, clean and replace finish hardware, fixtures, and fittings previously removed.
3.07 PROTECTION
A. Protect finished work from damage.
END OF SECTION 09 96 00
3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Signage 10 14 00 - 1
SECTION 10 14 00
SIGNAGE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Room and door signs.
B. Interior directional and informational signs.
C. Luminous egress path marking and other "glow-in-the-dark" signs.
D. Emergency evacuation maps.
E. Building identification signs.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 51 00 - Interior Lighting: Exit signs required by code.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ADA Standards - 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design; 2010.
B. CBC Section 1117B.5 - Signs and Identification; California Building Code.
C. CBC Section 1011.3 - Tactile Exit Signs; California Building Code.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Manufacturer's printed product literature for each type of sign, indicating sign styles, font, foreground and background colors, locations, overall dimensions of each sign.
C. Signage Schedule: Provide information sufficient to completely define each sign for fabrication, including room number, room name, other text to be applied, sign and letter sizes, fonts, and colors.
1. When room numbers to appear on signs differ from those on drawings, include the drawing room number on schedule.
2. When content of signs is indicated to be determined later, request such information from Owner through Architect at least 2 months prior to start of fabrication; upon request, submit preliminary schedule.
3. Submit for approval by Owner through Architect prior to fabrication.
D. Samples: Submit two samples of each type of sign, of size similar to that required for project, illustrating sign style, font, and method of attachment.
E. Selection Samples: Where colors are not specified, submit two sets of color selection charts or chips.
F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include installation templates and attachment devices.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience.
B. Signage and graphics: CBC Section 11B-703
1. Depth: It shall be 1/32 inch minimum above their background and shall be sans serif uppercase and be duplicated in Braille.
2. Height: It shall be 5/8 inch minimum and 2 inches maximum based on the height of the uppercase letter "I". CBC Section 11B-703.2.5
3. Finish and Contrast: Characters and their background shall have a non-glare finish.
Character shall contrast with their background with either light characters on a dark background, or drak characters on a light background. CBC Section 11B-703.5.1 LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Signage 10 14 00 - 2
4. Proportions: It shall be selected from fonts where the height of the uppercase letter "O" is 60% minimum and 110% maximum of the height of the uppercase letter "I". Stroke thickness of the uppercase letter "I" shall be 15% maximum of the height of the character.
CBC Section 11B-703.4 and 11B-703.6
5. Character Spacing: Spacing between individual tactile characters shall comply with CBC Section 11B-703.2.7 and 11B-703.2.8
6. Braille: It shall be contracted (Grade 2) and shall comply with CBC Sections 11B-703.3 and 11B-703.4. Braille dots shall have a domed and rounded shape and shall comply with CBC Table and Figure 11B-703.3.1.
7. Mounting Location: a tactile sign shall be located on the approach side, as one enters or exits rooms or space, and be reached within 0 inches of the required clear floor space per CBC Section and Figure 11B-703.4.2 as follows:
a. A clear floor space of 18 x 18 inches minimum, centered on the tactile characters, shall be provided beyond the arc of any door swings between the closed position and 45 degree open position.
b. On the wall at the latch side of a single door.
c. On the inactive leaf of a double door with one active leaf. d. On the wall at the right side of a double door with two active leafs. e. On the nearest adjacent wall where there is no wall space at the latch side of a single door or no space at the right side of a double door with two active leafs.
8. Visual characters shall comply with CBC Section 11B-703.5 and shall be 40 inches minimum above finish floor or ground.
9. Pictograms shall comply with CBC Section 11B-703.6.
10. Symbol of accessibility shall comply with CBC Section 11B-703.7.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Package signs as required to prevent damage before installation.
B. Package room and door signs in sequential order of installation, labeled by floor or building.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Flat Signs:
1. Best Sign Systems, Inc; ____: www.bestsigns.com/#sle.
2. Cosco Industries (ADA signs); _______: www.coscoarchitecturalsigns.com/#sle.
3. FASTSIGNS; _____: www.fastsigns.com/#sle.
4. Inpro; ______: www.inprocorp.com/#sle.
5. Mohawk Sign Systems, Inc; ____: www.mohawksign.com/#sle.
6. Seton Identification Products; ____: www.seton.com/aec/#sle.
7. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Dimensional Letter Signs:
1. A.R.K. Ramos Architectural Signage Systems; Cast Aluminum Letters:
www.arkramos.com/#sle.
2. Cosco Industries; Cast Aluminum: www.coscoarchitecturalsigns.com/#sle.
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.02 SIGNAGE APPLICATIONS
A. Codes and Standards: Signs shall conform to CBC sections 1117B.5 and 1103.2.4.
B. Room and Door Signs: Provide a sign for every doorway, whether it has a door or not, not including corridors, lobbies, and similar open areas.
1. Sign Type: Flat signs with engraved panel media as specified.
2. Rest Rooms: Identify with pictograms, the names "MEN" and "WOMEN", and braille.
C. Interior Directional and Informational Signs:
1. Sign Type: Same as room and door signs.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Signage 10 14 00 - 3
2. Sizes: As indicated on drawings.
D. Emergency Evacuation Maps:
1. Allow for one map per building. Location to be determined by Architect.
2. Map content to be provided by Architect.
3. Use clear plastic panel silk-screened on reverse, in brushed aluminum frame, screw- mounted.
E. Building Identification Signs:
1. Use individual metal letters.
2. Mount on outside as indicated on drawings.
F. Other Dimensional Letter Signs: Wall-mounted.
1. Exterior: Allow for total of letters, 6 inches high, metal, as indicated on drawings.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Concealed Screws: Stainless steel, galvanized steel, chrome plated, or other non-corroding metal.
B. Tape Adhesive: Double sided tape, permanent adhesive.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install neatly, with horizontal edges level.
B. Locate signs and mount at heights indicated on drawings and in accordance with CBC sections 1117B.5 and 1103.2.4.
C. Protect from damage until Substantial Completion; repair or replace damaged items.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Phenolic Toilet Compartments 10 21 13.17 - 1
SECTION 10 21 13.17
PHENOLIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Phenolic toilet compartments.
B. Urinal screens.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications: Concealed steel support members.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015.
B. NFPA 286 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth; 2015.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data on panel construction, hardware, and accessories.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate partition plan, elevation views, dimensions, details of wall supports, door swings.
D. Samples: Submit two samples of partition panels, 2 inch by 2 inch in size illustrating panel finish, color, and sheen.
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Accessible Toilet Compartments: CBC Section 11B-604
1. Wheelchair accessible compartment shall comply with CBC Section 11B-604.8.1.
2. Toe clearance for at least one side partition of a wheelchair accessible compartment shall comply with CBC Section and Figure 11B-604.8.1.4. It shall be 9 inches high minimum above the finish floor and 6 inches deep minimum beyond the compartment side face of the partition, exclusive of partition support members. It shall be 12 inches high minimum above the finish floor for children's use. Partition components at toe clearances shall besmooth without sharp edges or abrasive surfaces. Toe clearances at the side partition is not required in a compartment greater than 66 inches wide.
3. An ambulatory accessible compartment shall be provided where there are six or more toilet compartments, or where the combination of urinals and water closets totals six or more per CBC Section 11B-213.3.1. Such compartment shall comply with CBC Section 11B-604.8.2.
4. Door and door hardware for accessible compartments shall be self-closing and shall comply with CBC Section 11B-404 except that pull-side clearance for ambulatory accessible compartments shall be a minimum of 44 inches clear, rather than 60 inches.
CBC Figure 11B-604.8.2.
5. A door pulll complying with CBC Seection 11B-404.2.7 shall be placed on both sides of the door near the latch.
6. Doors shall not swing into clear floor space or clearance requied for any fixtures.
7. Install coat hook at 48 inches maximum above finished floor.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Phenolic Toilet Compartments:
1. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Phenolic Toilet Compartments 10 21 13.17 - 2
2.02 PHENOLIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS
A. Toilet Compartments: Factory fabricated doors, pilasters, and divider panels made of solid phenolic core panels with integral melamine finish, floor-mounted unbraced.
1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. .
B. Doors:
1. Thickness: 3/4 inch.
2. Width: 24 inch.
3. Width for Handicapped Use: 36 inch, out-swinging.
4. Height: 58 inch.
C. Panels:
1. Thickness: 1/2 inch.
2. Height: 58 inch.
D. Pilasters:
1. Thickness: 3/4 inch.
2. Width: As required to fit space; minimum 3 inch.
E. Screens: Without doors; to match compartments; mounted to wall with two panel brackets.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Pilaster Shoes: Formed ASTM A666 Type 304 stainless steel with satin finish, 3 inch high, concealing floor fastenings.
1. Provide adjustment for floor variations with screw jack through steel saddles integral with pilaster.
B. Head Rails: Hollow anodized aluminum, 1 inch by 1-1/2 inch size, with anti-grip profile and cast socket wall brackets.
C. Wall and Pilaster Brackets: Satin stainless steel; manufacturer's standard type for conditions indicated on drawings.
D. Attachments, Screws, and Bolts: Stainless steel , tamper proof type.
E. Hardware: Satin stainless steel:
1. Pivot hinges, gravity type, adjustable for door close positioning; two per door.
2. Door Latch: Slide type with exterior emergency access feature.
3. Door strike and keeper with rubber bumper; mounted on pilaster in alignment with door latch.
4. Coat hook with rubber bumper; one per compartment, mounted on door.
5. Provide door pull for outswinging doors.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Verify correct spacing of and between plumbing fixtures.
C. Verify correct location of built-in framing, anchorage, and bracing.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install partitions secure, rigid, plumb, and level in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Maintain 3/8 inch to 1/2 inch space between wall and panels and between wall and end pilasters.
C. Attach panel brackets securely to walls using anchor devices.
D. Attach panels and pilasters to brackets. Locate head rail joints at pilaster center lines.
END OF SECTION 10 21 13.17
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 10 28 00 - 1
SECTION 10 28 00
TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Commercial toilet accessories.
B. Commercial shower and bath accessories.
C. Under-lavatory pipe supply covers.
D. Diaper changing stations.
E. Utility room accessories.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 08 83 00 - Mirrors: Other mirrors.
B. Section 09 30 00 - Tiling: Ceramic washroom accessories.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ADA Standards - 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design; 2010.
B. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2017.
C. ASTM A269/A269M - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service; 2015a (Reapproved 2019).
D. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2023.
E. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015.
F. ASTM B86 - Standard Specification for Zinc and Zinc-Aluminum (ZA) Alloy Foundry and Die Castings; 2013.
G. ASTM B456 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper Plus Nickel Plus Chromium and Nickel Plus Chromium; 2011.
H. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2011.
I. ASTM C1048 - Standard Specification for Heat-Strengthened and Fully Tempered Flat Glass; 2012.
J. ASTM C1503 - Standard Specification for Silvered Flat Glass Mirror; 2008 (Reapproved 2013).
K. CBC 1118B - Space Alowance and Reach Ranges; California Building Code.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, and attachment methods.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and conditions requiring special attention.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Sanitary Facility Elements: CBC Section 11B-602 through 11B-612
1. Elements of sanitary facilities shall be mounted at locations in compliance with CBC Sections 11B-602 through 11B-612.
2. Grab bars on toilet facilities and bathing facilities shall comply with CBC Section 11B-609.
Grab bars and any wall or other surfaces adjacent to grab bars shall be free of sharp or abrasive elements and shall have rounded edges. The space around the grab bars shall be as follows:
3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 10 28 00 - 2
a. 1-1/2 inches between the grab bar and the wall.
b. 1-1/2 inches minimum between the grab bar and projecting objects below and at the ends.
c. 12 inches minimum between the grab bar and projecting objects above.
3. Toilet paper dispensers shall be continuous flow type.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Commercial Toilet, Shower, and Bath Accessories:
1. As indicated on drawings..
2. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Under-Lavatory Pipe Supply Covers:
1. Plumberex Specialty Products, Inc; _____: www.plumberex.com/#sle.
2. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Diaper Changing Stations:
1. Substitutions: 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Accessories - General: Shop assembled, free of dents and scratches and packaged complete with anchors and fittings, steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation.
1. Grind welded joints smooth.
2. Fabricate units made of metal sheet of seamless sheets, with flat surfaces.
B. Keys: Provide 3 keys for each accessory to Owner; master key lockable accessories.
C. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304.
D. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A269/A269M, Grade TP304 or TP316.
E. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M, with G90/Z275 coating.
F. Zinc Alloy: Die cast, ASTM B86.
G. Mirror Glass: Annealed float glass, ASTM C1036 Type I, Class 1, Quality Q2, with silvering, protective and physical characteristics complying with ASTM C1503.
H. Adhesive: Two component epoxy type, waterproof.
I. Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts: Hot dip galvanized; tamper-proof; security type.
2.03 FINISHES
A. Stainless Steel: Satin finish, unless otherwise noted.
B. Baked Enamel: Pretreat to clean condition, apply one coat primer and minimum two coats epoxy baked enamel.
C. Back paint components where contact is made with building finishes to prevent electrolysis.
2.04 UNDER-LAVATORY PIPE AND SUPPLY COVERS
A. Under-Lavatory Pipe and Supply Covers:
1. Insulate exposed drainage piping including hot, cold, and tempered water supplies under lavatories or sinks to comply with ADA Standards.
2. Color: White.
2.05 UTILITY ROOM ACCESSORIES
A. Mop and Broom Holder: 0.05 inch thick stainless steel, Type 304, hat-shaped channel.
1. Holders: Three spring-loaded rubber cam holders.
2. Length: Manufacturer's standard length for number of holders.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 10 28 00 - 3
A. Verify existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verify exact location of accessories for installation.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to site for timely installation.
B. Provide templates and rough-in measurements as required.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers' instructions in locations indicated on drawings.
B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate.
C. Mounting Heights: As required by accessibility regulations, unless otherwise indicated.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed accessories from damage due to subsequent construction operations.
END OF SECTION 10 28 00
3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plastic Lockers 10 51 26 - 1
SECTION 10 51 26
PLASTIC LOCKERS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 SOLID PLASTIC LOCKERS
A. Lockers: Factory assembled, made of solid plastic panels, tested in accordance with NFPA 286, homogenous color throughout.
1. Doors: Full overlay without frame.
2. Door Color: To be selected by Architect.
3. Body Color: Manufacturer's standard white or light color.
END OF SECTION 10 51 26
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Window Shades 12 24 00 - 1
SECTION 12 24 00
WINDOW SHADES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Interior manual roller shades.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM G21 - Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi; 2015, with Editorial Revision (2021).
B. NFPA 701 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films; 2019.
C. UL (GGG) - GREENGUARD Gold Certified Products; current listings at http://http://productguide.ulenvironment.com/QuickSearch.aspx.
1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week prior to commencing work related to products of this section; require attendance of affected installers.
B. Sequencing:
1. Do not fabricate shades until field dimensions for each opening have been taken with field conditions in place.
2. Do not install shades until final surface finishes and painting are complete.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets, including materials, finishes, fabrication details, dimensions, profiles, mounting requirements, and accessories.
C. Shop Drawings: Include shade schedule indicating size, location and keys to details, head, jamb and sill details, mounting dimension requirements for each product and condition, and operation direction.
D. Certificates: Manufacturer's documentation that line voltage components are UL listed or UL recognized.
E. Source Quality Control Submittals: Provide test reports indicating compliance with specified fabric properties.
F. Selection Samples: Include fabric samples in full range of available colors and patterns.
G. Verification Samples: Minimum size 6 inches square, representing actual materials, color and pattern.
H. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.
I. Operation and Maintenance Data: List of all components with part numbers, sources of supply, and operation and maintenance instructions; include copy of shop drawings.
J. Warranty: Submit sample of manufacturer's warranty and documentation of final executed warranty completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer.
K. Maintenance contracts.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section, with not less than five years of documented experience.
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of this type with minimum 3 years of documented experience with shading systems of similar size and type.
1. Manufacturer's authorized representative.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Window Shades 12 24 00 - 2
2. Factory training and demonstrated experience.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver shades in manufacturer's unopened packaging, labeled to identify each shade for each opening.
B. Handle and store shades in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits.
1.08 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Provide manufacturer's warranty from Date of Substantial Completion, covering the following:
1. Shade Hardware: One year.
2. Fabric: One year.
3. Aluminum and Steel Coatings: One year.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Interior Manually Operated Roller Shades:
1. Draper, Inc: www.draperinc.com/#sle.
2. MechoShade Systems LLC: www.mechoshade.com/#sle.
3. Skyco..
4. Mariak.
5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.02 ROLLER SHADES
A. General:
1. Provide shade system components that are easy to remove or adjust without removal of mounted shade brackets.
2. Provide shade system that operates smoothly when shades are raised or lowered.
B. Roller Shades:
1. Description - Interior Roller Shades: Double roller, manually operated fabric window shade system complete with mounting brackets, roller tubes, hembars, hardware, and accessories.
a. Drop Position: Regular roll.
b. Roll Direction: Roll down, closed position is at window sill. c. Mounting: Wall mounted.
d. Size: As indicated on drawings.
e. Fabric: As indicated under Shade Fabric article.
2. Brackets and Mounting Hardware: As recommended by manufacturer for mounting indicated and to accommodate shade fabric roll-up size and weight. a. Double Roller Brackets: Configured for light-filtering and room-darkening shades in one opening.
3. Roller Tubes: As required for type of shade operation.
4. Hembars: Designed to maintain bottom of shade straight and flat.
5. Manual Operation for Interior Shades:
a. Clutch Operator: Manufacturer's standard material and design, permanently lubricated.
b. Drive Chain: Continuous loop beaded ball chain, 95 lb minimum breaking strength.
Provide upper and lower limit stops.
6. Accessories:
a. Fascia: Extruded aluminum, size as required to conceal shade mounting, attachable to brackets without exposed fasteners; clear anodized finish.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Window Shades 12 24 00 - 3
1) Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.. b. End Caps: Provide manufacturer's standard end caps to cover exposed ends of brackets.
2.03 SHADE FABRIC
A. Fabric: Nonflammable, color-fast, impervious to heat and moisture, and able to retain its shape under normal operation.
1. Manufacturers:
a. See Finish Schedule on the Architectural drawings.. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2. Material: Vinyl coated polyester.
3. Material Certificates and Product Disclosures:
a. Low-Emitting Material Certification: Greenguard Gold certified and listed in UL (GGG).
b. Cradle to Cradle Material Health Certificate: Achievement level of Bronze. c. Health Product Declaration (HPD): Complete, published declaration with full disclosure of known hazards.
d. Declare label.
4. Performance Requirements:
a. Flammability: Pass NFPA 701 large and small tests.
b. Fungal Resistance: No growth when tested according to ASTM G21.
5. Roll Width: 72 inches.
6. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of colors.
7. Fabrication:
a. Fabric Orientation: Railroaded, fabric is turned 90 degrees off the roll. b. If height of opening requires multiple panels of railroaded fabric, use manufacturer's standard sewn seams.
2.04 ROLLER SHADE FABRICATION
A. Field measure finished openings prior to ordering or fabrication.
B. Dimensional Tolerances: Fabricate shades to fit openings within specified tolerances.
1. Vertical Dimensions: Fill openings from head to sill with 1/2 inch space between bottom bar and window stool.
2. Horizontal Dimensions - Inside Mounting: Provide symmetrical light gaps on both sides of shade not to exceed 3/4 inch total.
3. Horizontal Dimensions - Outside Mounting: Extend shades 2 inches beyond jambs on each side.
C. Dimensional Tolerances: As recommended in writing by manufacturer.
D. At openings requiring continuous multiple shade units with separate rollers, locate roller joints at window mullion centers; butt rollers end-to-end.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine finished openings for deficiencies that may preclude satisfactory installation.
B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.
C. Start of installation shall be considered acceptance of substrates.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Prepare surfaces using methods recommended by manufacturer for achieving best result for substrate under the project conditions.
B. Coordinate with window installation and placement of concealed blocking to support shades.
3.03 INSTALLATION
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Window Shades 12 24 00 - 4
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings, using mounting devices as indicated.
B. Replace shades that exceed specified dimensional tolerances at no extra cost to Owner.
C. Adjust level, projection, and shade centering from mounting bracket. Verify there is no telescoping of shade fabric. Ensure smooth shade operation.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Clean soiled shades and exposed components as recommended by manufacturer.
B. Replace shades that cannot be cleaned to "like new" condition.
3.05 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for closeout submittals.
B. See Section 01 79 00 - Demonstration and Training, for additional requirements.
C. Demonstration: Demonstrate operation and maintenance of window shade system to Owner's personnel.
D. Training: Train Owner's personnel on operation and maintenance of system.
1. Use operation and maintenance manual as training reference, supplemented with additional training materials as required.
2. Provide minimum of two hours training by manufacturer's authorized personnel at location designated by the Owner.
3.06 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products from subsequent construction operations.
B. Touch-up, repair, or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.
3.07 MAINTENANCE
A. See Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements, for additional requirements relating to maintenance service.
END OF SECTION 12 24 00
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Manufactured Wood Casework 12 32 00 - 1
SECTION 12 32 00
MANUFACTURED WOOD CASEWORK
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 CASEWORK, GENERAL
A. Quality Standard: AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise.
1.02 FABRICATION
A. Assembly: Shop assemble casework items for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings.
B. Construction: As required for selected grade.
C. Edging: Fit shelves, doors, and exposed edges with specified edging. Do not use more than one piece for any single length.
END OF SECTION 12 32 00
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Countertops 12 36 00 - 1
SECTION 12 36 00
COUNTERTOPS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 COUNTERTOPS
A. Quality Standard: See Section 12 31 00.
B. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise.
C. Quality Standard: SEFA 3 for laboratory worksurfaces.
D. Epoxy Resin Countertops: Filled epoxy resin molded into homogenous, non-porous sheets; no surface coating and color and pattern consistent throughout thickness; with integral or adhesively seamed components.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Durcon, Inc, _____: www.durcon.com/#sle.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2. Flat Surface Thickness: 1 inch, nominal.
3. Chemical-Resistance: Provide products that resist the following chemicals with not more than Moderate Effect when tested in accordance with NEMA LD 3:
4. Flammability: Self-extinguishing, when tested in accordance with ASTM D635.
5. NSF approved for food contact.
6. Surface Finish: Smooth, non-glare.
7. Color: Black.
8. Exposed Edge Shape: 3/16 inch radius corner.
9. Exposed Edge Shape: 1/8 inch bevel chamfer.
10. Exposed Edge Shape in Sink Areas: Built-up marine edge 1/4 inch higher than counter by 1 inch wide.
11. Drip Edge: Drip groove 1/8 inch wide and deep, located 1/2 inch back from edge on underside of all exposed edges.
12. Back and End Splashes: Same material, same thickness; separate for field attachment.
13. Sinks: Same material, same color; integrally molded with counter; bottom sloped to outlet; molded outlets; drain outlet located in back corner.
a. Sides and Ends: 1/2 inch minimum thickness.
b. Bottoms: 5/8 inch minimum thickness.
c. Interior Corners: 1 inch minimum radius.
d. Clamping collars for 1-1/2 or 2 inch diameter waste pipe, for sealed but not permanent connection.
e. Steel channel supports front to back on each side, fastened to underside of top to support twice full sink weight.
14. Troughs: Same material; bottom sloped to outlet.
15. Associated Reagent Shelves and Ledges: Same material. a. Thickness: 3/4 inch.
16. Fabricate in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), Section 11 - Countertops, Premium Grade.
17. Fabricate in accordance with manufacturer's standard requirements.
18. Manufacturers:
a. Hamilton Scientific LLC: www.hamiltonscientific.com.
E. Solid Surfacing Countertops: Solid surfacing sheet or plastic resin casting over continuous substrate.
1. Flat Sheet Thickness: 1/4 inch, minimum.
2. Solid Surfacing Sheet and Plastic Resin Castings: Complying with ISFA 2-01 and NEMA LD 3; acrylic or polyester resin, mineral filler, and pigments; homogenous, non-porous and capable of being worked and repaired using standard woodworking tools; no surface coating; color and pattern consistent throughout thickness. a. Manufacturers:
1) __________.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Countertops 12 36 00 - 2
2) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. b. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index of 25, maximum; smoke developed index of 450, maximum; when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. c. NSF approved for food contact.
d. Sinks and Bowls: Integral castings; minimum 3/4 inch wall thickness; comply with IAPMO Z124.
e. Finish on Exposed Surfaces: Matte, gloss rating of 5 to 20. f. Color/Pattern Family: Solid color, light colors.
g. Color and Pattern: As indicated on drawings.
h. Color and Pattern: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full line.
3. Other Components Thickness: 1/2 inch, minimum.
4. Exposed Edge Treatment: Built up to minimum 1-1/4 inch thick; square edge; use marine edge at sinks.
5. Exposed Edge Treatment: Hardwood nosing as indicated on drawings; natural spar varnish finish.
6. Back and End Splashes: Same sheet material, square top; minimum 4 inches high.
7. Skirts: As indicated on drawings.
8. Fabricate in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), Section 11 - Countertops, Premium Grade.
9. Fabricate in accordance with manufacturer's standard requirements.
1.02 MATERIALS
A. Plywood for Supporting Substrate: PS 1 Exterior Grade, A-C veneer grade, minimum 5-ply; minimum 3/4 inch thick; join lengths using metal splines.
B. Particleboard for Supporting Substrate: ANSI A208.1 Grade 2-M-2, 45 pcf minimum density; minimum 3/4 inch thick; join lengths using metal splines.
C. Medium Density Fiberboard for Supporting Substrate: ANSI A208.2.
D. Adhesives: Chemical resistant waterproof adhesive as recommended by manufacturer of materials being joined.
E. Cove Molding for Top of Splashes: Rubber with semi-gloss finish and T-spline to fit between splash and wall; 1/2 inch by 1/2 inch.
F. Joint Sealant: Mildew-resistant silicone sealant, white.
1.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Fixed Top-Mounted Countertop Support Brackets:
1. Material: Steel.
2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory-applied, textured powder coat.
3. Color: Black.
4. Products:
1.04 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate tops and splashes in the largest sections practicable, with top surface of joints flush.
1. Join lengths of tops using best method recommended by manufacturer.
2. Fabricate to overhang fronts and ends of cabinets 1 inch except where top butts against cabinet or wall.
a. Rout a 1/8 inch drip groove at underside of exposed overlapping edges, set back 1/2 inch from face of edge.
3. Prepare all cutouts accurately to size; replace tops having improperly dimensioned or unnecessary cutouts or fixture holes.
B. Provide back/end splash wherever counter edge abuts vertical surface unless otherwise indicated.
1. Secure to countertop with concealed fasteners and with contact surfaces set in waterproof glue.
2. Height: 4 inches, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Solid Surfacing: Fabricate tops and wall panels up to 144 inches long in one piece; join pieces with adhesive sealant in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Countertops 12 36 00 - 3
D. Wall-Mounted Counters: Provide skirts, aprons, brackets, and braces as indicated on drawings, finished to match.
PART 3 EXECUTION
2.01 EXAMINATION
A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared.
B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.
C. Verify that wall surfaces have been finished and mechanical and electrical services and outlets are installed in proper locations.
2.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.
B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.
2.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install laboratory worksurface countertops in compliance with requirements of SEFA 2.
B. Install vanities in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and approved shop drawings C. Securely attach countertops to cabinets using concealed fasteners. Make flat surfaces level; shim where required.
D. Attach plastic laminate countertops using screws with minimum penetration into substrate board of 5/8 inch.
E. Attach wood countertops using screws with minimum penetration into substrate board of 5/8 inch.
F. Install porcelain slab countertops and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.19, manufacturer's instructions, and TCNA (HB) recommendations.
G. Tile and porcelain slab installation, see Section 09 30 00.
H. Attach stainless steel countertops using stainless steel fasteners and clips.
I. Attach epoxy resin countertops using compatible adhesive.
J. Apply sealer products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
K. Apply polyester protective film in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
L. Seal joint between back/end splashes and vertical surfaces.
1. Where indicated use rubber cove molding.
2. Where applied cove molding is not indicated use specified sealant.
2.04 TOLERANCES
A. Variation From Horizontal: 1/8 inch in 10 feet, maximum.
B. Offset From Wall, Countertops: 1/8 inch maximum; 1/16 inch minimum.
C. Field Joints: 1/8 inch wide, maximum.
2.05 CLEANING
A. Clean countertops surfaces thoroughly.
2.06 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products until completion of project.
B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Date of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 12 36 00
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool General Requirements 13 11 00 - 1
SECTION 13 11 00
SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01WORK INCLUDED
A. The scope of the work included under this Section of the Specifications shall include swimming pool(s) as illustrated on the Drawings and specified herein. The General and Supplementary Conditions of the Specifications shall form a part and be included under this Section of the Specifications. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall provide all supervision, labor, material, equipment, machinery, plant and any and all other items necessary to complete the work. ALL OF THE WORK IN SECTIONS 13 11 00 – 13 11 63 IS TO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF ONE
EXPERIENCED SWIMMING POOL SUBCONTRACTOR PRIMARILY ENGAGED IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF COMMERCIAL PUBLIC-USE SWIMMING POOLS. A SWIMMING POOL
SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BE CONSIDERED PRIMARILY ENGAGED AS REQUIRED HEREIN IF THE SUBCONTRACTOR DERIVED 50% OF ITS ANNUAL REVENUE FROM PUBLIC-USE SWIMMING POOL CONSTRUCTION FOR EACH OF THE LAST FIVE YEARS.
THE SUBCONTRACTOR MUST HAVE ALSO, IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS CONSTRUCTED AT LEAST FIVE (5) COMMERCIALLY DESIGNED MUNICIPAL AND PUBLIC-USE
SWIMMING POOLS, EACH OF WHICH SHALL HAVE INCORPORATED A MINIMUM SIZE OF 6,000 SQUARE FEET OF WATER SURFACE AREA WITH A CONCRETE AND CERAMIC TILE PERIMETER OVERFLOW GUTTER AND SELF-MODULATING BALANCE TANK. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall furnish and install the swimming pool structures, finishes, cantilever forming, swimming pool mechanical and electrical systems, and all accessories necessary for a complete, functional swimming pool system, as herein described. Work shall include start-up, instruction of Owner’s personnel, as-built drawings and warranties as required.
1.02 CODES, RULES, PERMITS, FEES
A. The swimming pools shall be constructed in strict accordance with the applicable provisions set forth by authorities having jurisdiction over swimming pool construction and operation in the State of California.
B. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall give all necessary notices, obtain all permits, and pay all government sales taxes, fees, and other costs in connection with their work; file all necessary plans, prepare all documents and obtain all necessary approvals of governmental departments having jurisdiction; obtain all required certificates of inspection for their work and deliver same to the Designated Representative before request for acceptance and final payment for the work.
C. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall include in the work any labor, materials, services, apparatus, or drawings in order to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, whether or not shown on Drawings and/or specified.
D. The Contractor shall submit all required documents and materials to all Governmental Departments having jurisdiction for any deferred approval items or substituted materials or products to obtain final approval to installation.
1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Furnish and perform supervision, coordination, all layout, formwork, excavation, hand trim, disposing off-site of all unused material or debris to complete the swimming pool excavation to the dimensions shown on the plans.
B. Furnish and install complete swimming pool structures, including reinforcing steel and cast-in- place or pneumatically placed concrete walls and floors.
C. Furnish and install swimming pool finishes, including ceramic tile and marble plaster or other waterproof finishes.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool General Requirements 13 11 00 - 2
D. Furnish and install complete swimming pool mechanical system(s), including, but not limited to, circulation systems, filtration systems, pool water heating systems, water chemistry control systems, domestic water fill line systems, booster pump and special effects systems, and all pumps, piping, valves, and connections between system(s) and swimming pool(s).
E. Furnish and install complete swimming pool electrical system(s) from P.O.C. in Mechanical Room, including, but not limited to, underwater lighting systems, water level control systems, timing systems, scoreboards, special effects systems, control circuitry, motor starters, time clocks, bonding, and all conduits, conductors, contactors, and switches between the system(s) and swimming pool(s).
F. Furnish and install all swimming pool cantilever forming, deck equipment and required anchors and inserts for the specified equipment as required by code, shown on the Drawings and specified herein.
G. After the initial filling of the swimming pool system(s), should any repairs, continuing work, or other Subcontractor responsibility require drainage or partial drainage of the swimming pool systems, the Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall be responsible for any subsequent refilling and shall complete the project with the swimming pool system(s) full of water, water in chemical balance, complete in every way, and in full operation.
1.04 ASSIGNED RESPONSIBILITIES AND RELATED WORK
A. It is the intent of this section of the Specifications to clarify Work responsibilities of the trades directly and indirectly involved in construction of the pool systems. All labor, equipment, materials and supplies furnished by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor and other Subcontractors per the contractual agreement with the General Contractor and Owner and shall be as directed by the Owner through their Designated Representative.
B. THE SWIMMING POOL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL NOT SUBCONTRACT ANY PORTION
OF THE SWIMMING POOL CONSTRUCTION OR SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT
INSTALLATION TO ANYONE OTHER THAN A SUBCONTRACTOR THAT SATISFIES THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 13 11 00.
C. References to “swimming pool systems” shall include the swimming pools, equipment, and accessories.
D. The Owner will provide one complete water filling of the swimming pool(s), but will not assume any responsibility for the swimming pool system(s) until they have been proved fully operational, complete in every way and accepted by the Designated Representative.
1.05 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
A. The Contractor shall grade the swimming pool site(s), establish benchmarks, cut and fill as necessary to provide as level an area as possible at swimming pool deck elevation before swimming pool layout.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for horizontal dimensions and grade elevations accurately from established lines and benchmarks (as indicated on the Drawings) and be responsible for those grades.
C. The Contractor shall provide adequate temporary light, electric power, heat and ventilation per Federal and State OSHA requirements to construct the swimming pool system(s).
D. The Contractor shall not permit any heavy equipment activity over any area or within five (5) feet of any area under which swimming pool piping is buried. There shall be no exceptions to this requirement.
E. The Contractor shall keep the swimming pool excavation(s) and swimming pool structure(s) free of construction residue and waste materials of their workmen or Subcontractors, removing said material from the swimming pools as required.
F. The Contractor shall protect the swimming pool(s) from damage caused by their construction equipment and /or workmen and Subcontractors.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool General Requirements 13 11 00 - 3
G. The Contractor shall provide a representative at time of swimming pool start-up to coordinate all trades related to swimming pool system(s).
1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR
A. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall be licensed in the State of California and provide written notifications to Swimming Pool Subcontractor and contractor when necessary to excavate and backfill within the swimming pool construction site.
B. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall not utilize any swimming pool piping trench for installation of any sanitary sewer, storm sewer, domestic water, hot water, chilled water or natural gas line.
C. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all sanitary sewer piping, including vent stacks (if necessary), for backwash pits, floor drains and floor sinks as required by code, shown on Drawings, and herein specified.
D. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all storm sewer piping and site drainage systems as required by code, shown on the Drawings, and herein specified.
E. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall provide a minimum 75 psi water supply for swimming pool construction work within fifty (50) feet of the swimming pool construction site(s).
F. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall furnish and install reduced pressure backflow protected domestic water lines to P.O.C. within swimming pool Mechanical Room as required by code, shown on the Drawings, and herein specified.
G. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall furnish and install natural gas piping, pressure regulation and valving to P.O.C. within swimming pool Mechanical Room as required by code, shown on the drawings, and herein specified.
H. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all ductwork, louvers, and all HVAC equipment within swimming pool Mechanical Room as required by code, shown on the Drawings, and herein specified.
I. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall provide a representative at time of swimming pool start-up to coordinate work related to swimming pool system(s).
1.07 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be licensed in the State of California and shall furnish and install electrical service to swimming pool Mechanical Room sized to accommodate all necessary swimming pool equipment as shown on the Drawings and herein specified.
B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish any temporary power needed by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor within fifty (50) feet of the swimming pool construction site(s).
C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all conduits, conductors, starters/disconnects, panels, circuits, switches and equipment as required for lighting, ventilation and HVAC equipment within swimming pool Mechanical Room as required by code, shown on the Drawings, and herein specified.
D. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all conduits, conductors, panels, circuits, switches and equipment for area lighting as required by code, shown on the Drawings, and herein specified.
E. All equipment, material and installation shall be as required under Division 16 of the Specifications and shall conform to NEC Article 680 (latest revision), State and Local Codes, and as may be required by all authorities having jurisdiction over swimming pool construction within the State of California.
F. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide a representative at time of swimming pool start-up to coordinate work related to swimming pool system(s).
1.08 INTENT
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool General Requirements 13 11 00 - 4
A. It is the intention of these specifications and Drawings to call for finished work, tested and ready for operation. Wherever the work “provide” is used, it shall mean “furnish and install complete and ready for use.”
B. Minor details not usually shown or specified, but necessary for proper installation and operation, shall be included in the work, the same as if herein specified or shown.
1.09 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Provide a Schedule of Values for all work specified in each of the technical specifications listed in the table below, regardless of whether the work is performed by the swimming pool contractor or others. Values listed shall be fully burdened, with contractor general conditions, overhead, profit and bonds included. Payments for swimming pool work completed shall not be approved until Schedule of Values has been submitted to and approved by Architect.
SWIMMING POOL SCHEDULE OF VALUES
No. Section # Description Value
1. 13 11 01 Swimming Pool Excavation
2. 13 11 02 Swimming Pool Concrete
3. 13 11 03 Swimming Pool Shotcrete
4. 13 11 04 Swimming Pool Ceramic Tile
5. 13 11 05 Swimming Pool Plaster
6. 13 11 06 Swimming Pool Equipment
7. 13 11 07 Swimming Pool Mechanical
8. 13 11 08 Swimming Pool Electrical
9. 13 11 63 Swimming Pool Solar Heating
Total
1.10 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by Architect for Subcontractor's use in preparing submittals.
B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing submittals with performance construction activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
C. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for schedules performance of related construction activities.
D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for re-submittals as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal.
1. Initial Review: Allow fifteen (15) days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals.
Architect will advise Contract when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.
2. Concurrent Review: Where concurrent review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is required, allow twenty-one (21) days for initial review of each submittal.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool General Requirements 13 11 00 - 5
3. Direct Transmittal to Consultant: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted directly to Architect's consultants, provide duplicate copy of transmittal to Architect. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Subcontractor.
4. If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.
5. Allow fifteen (15) days for processing each submittal.
6. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing.
E. Identification: Place a title block on each submittal for identification.
1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on title block.
2. Provide a space on title block to record Subcontractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.
3. Include the following information on title block for processing and recording action taken:
(See Attached Sample)
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name and address of Subcontractor.
d. Name of Subcontractor.
e. Name of Supplier.
f. Name of Manufacturer.
g. Unique identifier, including revision number.
h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. j. Other necessary identification.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool General Requirements 13 11 00 - 6
SUBMITTAL FOR: SUBMITTAL TO: SUBCONTRACTOR:
Item Number:
Section Number:
Section Description:
Subcontractor:
Supplier:
Manufacturer:
Product Code:
Quantity:
Subcontractor Certification: Contractor's Submittal Stamp:
It is hereby certified that the equipment or
material designated in this submittal is proposed
to be incorporated in the above-named project
and is in compliance with the contract drawings
and / or specifications and is submitted for
approval.
Certified by:
Date:
Job
Superintendent:
Revisions:
Architect's Review Stamp and Comments
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool General Requirements 13 11 00 - 7
F. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract documents on submittal.
G. On all catalogue or cut sheets identify which model or type is being submitted.
H. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling.
Product data and shop drawings shall be packaged within a three-ring binder and colored samples shall be packaged on a heavy cardboard. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form.
1. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Subcontractor's letterhead, record relevant information, request for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals and deviations from requirements of the Contract documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include the same label information as the related submittal.
2. Include Subcontractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with requires of the Contract Documents.
3. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Destination (To:).
d. Source (From:).
e. Names of Subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
f. Category and type of submittal.
g. Submittal purpose and description.
h. Remarks.
I. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, Subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect in connection with construction.
1.11 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. To obtain approval to use unspecified products, bidders shall submit requests for substitution at least ten (10) days prior to bid date. Requests shall only be considered if they clearly describe the product for which approval is asked, including all data necessary to demonstrate acceptability. All unspecified products and equipment will be considered on an “or equal” basis at the discretion of the Designated Representative. Requests for substitution received after the specified deadline will not be considered. Where a conflict exists between the requirements of the General Conditions / Special Conditions / Division 1 concerning substitutions and the requirements of this Article, this Article (Section 13 11 00, Article 1.10) shall govern.
B. Where the Swimming Pool Subcontractor proposes to use an item of equipment other than that specified or detailed on the Drawings which requires any redesign of the structure, partitions, foundations, piping, wiring, or any other part of the architectural, mechanical, or electrical layout, all such redesign and all new drawings (stamped by California Licensed Engineer) and detailing required shall be prepared by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor, at their own expense, submitted for review and approval by the Designated Representative prior to bid.
C. Where such approved deviation requires a different quantity and arrangement of piping, supports and anchors, wiring, conduit, and equipment from that specified or indicated on the Drawings, the Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall furnish and install any such piping, structural supports, controllers, motors, starters, electrical wiring and conduit, and any other additional equipment required by the system, at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.12 SURVEYS AND MEASUREMENTS
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool General Requirements 13 11 00 - 8
A. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall base all measurements, both horizontal and vertical, from benchmarks established by the Contractor. All work shall agree with these established lines and levels. The mechanical Drawings do not give exact details as to elevations of piping, exact locations, etc. and do not show all offsets, control lines, pilot lines and other installation details. Verify all measurements at site and check the correctness of same as related to the work.
1.13 DRAWINGS
A. Drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement of the systems and work included in the Subcontractor. Drawings are not to be scaled. The architectural drawings and details shall be examined for exact dimensions. Where they are not definitely shown, this information shall be obtained from the Designated Representative.
1.14 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall determine from actual samples of pool water supplied by the Owner, the proper water management program necessary for maximum operating efficiency and comfort. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall provide the services of experienced personnel familiar with this type of pool system operation, in conformance with Section 13 11 05 of the Specifications.
1.15 MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall provide six (6) bound sets for delivery to the Designated Representative of instructions for operating and maintaining all systems and equipment included in this Contract. Manufacturer’s advertising literature or catalog pictures will not be acceptable for operating and maintenance instructions.
B. Bound in ring binders shall be all parts lists, periodic maintenance instructions and troubleshooting guidelines for all pool equipment, including but not limited to filters, pumps, controllers, water chemistry control equipment, etc.
1.16 SECURE FROM THE OWNER
A. A complete Owner-furnished filling of the swimming pools.
B. The Owner’s assistance, as specified herein, from the time of start-up until final written acceptance of the swimming pool system(s).
C. Chemicals as required for swimming pool operation after Swimming Pool Subcontractor completes initial water chemistry balance and water treatment during the maintenance period described in Section 13 11 05 of the Specifications.
1.17 WARRANTY
A. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall warrant all swimming pool structures, finishes and systems against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year after the date of acceptance by the Owner. Any repair or replacement required due to defective material or workmanship will be promptly corrected by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION 13 11 00
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Excavation 13 11 01 - 1
SECTION 13 11 01
SWIMMING POOL EXCAVATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01DESCRIPTION
A. Finish and fine grading to bring the surface of the ground to the required grades and elevations as indicated on the Drawings.
B. Subgrade improvements and placing of compacted fills.
C. Excavation and backfill for all swimming pool, surge chamber and structural requirements, including footings, foundations, slabs and walls.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Conform with requirements of the General Conditions, and more specifically the following:
1. Comply with California Building Code, 2022 edition.
2. Comply with applicable construction safety orders, latest edition, Federal and State OSHA.
3. Comply with applicable trench safety provisions, latest edition, Federal and State OSHA.
B. Qualifications of Workers:
1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.
2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years’ experience with the materials and methods specified.
3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years’ experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.
C. Project/Site Conditions:
1. Be familiar with site and subsurface conditions.
2. Excavation is unclassified and includes excavation to sub-grade elevations indicated or necessary, regardless of character of materials and obstructions encountered.
3. Provisions for mitigation of wet soils due to seepage or rain shall be made during excavation and throughout construction. If wet soils are encountered within the swimming pool excavations, de-watering shall be provided, and the Geotechnical Engineer shall make recommendations for moist soil mitigation.
4. Where slope instability is encountered, all excavations within those areas shall be 1.5:1 or flatter. Forming of vertical walls may be necessary, and all soil conditions shall be field verified by the Geotechnical Engineer.
5. Contractor shall review the Geotechnical Investigation Report as furnished by the Owner to determine the suitability of the soils.
D. Adverse Weather Conditions:
1. During the periods when site soil moisture content is substantially in excess of moisture content required for optimum compaction, do not perform fill compaction.
2. When unfavorable weather conditions necessitate interrupting filling and grading operations, prepare areas by compaction of surface and grading to avoid collection of water. Provide adequate temporary drainage to prevent erosion.
1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with requirements of Section 01 33 00.
B. Required submittals include:
1. Offsite fill material, if applicable.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Excavation 13 11 01 - 2
C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.B of this Section.
1.04 EXCAVATING & TRENCHING, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to Section 01 50 00, Temporary Facilities and Controls.
B. All trenches, holes, etc. are to be completely protected using solid barricades, steel plates, and plywood both during construction and during off hours, including nighttime.
C. Flashing warning light barricades are required on sidewalks, roads, and any other critical areas that require nighttime protection.
D. Roads, paths and sidewalks shall not be blocked at any time or in any way. Trenching across roads, paths or sidewalks involves special instructions and review of the construction procedure by the Owner at least three (3) days prior to the Work actually being started.
E. Construction equipment, including all trucks, cars, etc. shall not be parked or driven on roads, paths or sidewalks. Items not allowed on roads, paths or sidewalks include hoses, power cords, ropes, construction materials, dirt and debris, etc.
F. All roads, paths and sidewalks must remain clear, and the Contractor shall maintain temporary safe and effective pedestrian access at all times.
G. Drawings show existing major underground utilities using the best information available. The Contractor shall also fully check public works reference drawings prior to excavation. Call local Dig Alert to locate utilities to ensure safety.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Fill Material, General: All material shall be subject to the review of the Geotechnical Engineer to determine acceptability.
B. Excavated material, except for roots, debris, and rocks greater than 6 inches, can be used as compacted fill. Material with an EI of 50 or less shall be placed from 3 feet below the deepest planned footing bottom level to finished pad grade. Hardscape shall be underlain by at least 2 feet of material with an expansion index of 50 or less. The surface exposed at the bottom of excavations shall be scarified to a depth of 6 to 12 inches, moisture conditioned to near optimum moisture content, and compacted to at least 90% relative compaction prior to fill placement.
C. Imported soil shall consist of predominately granular soil free of organic matter and rocks greater than 6 inches. Imported soil shall be observed and, if appropriate, tested by the Geotechnical Engineer prior to transport to the site to determine suitability for the intended use.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Verify drawing dimensions and elevations with actual field conditions. Inspect related Work and adjacent surfaces and report discrepancies and conditions which prevent proper execution of the Work to the Owner’s Representative.
3.02 SUBGRADE IMPROVEMENTS
A. Fill shall be placed in horizontal lifts at a thickness appropriate for the equipment spreading, mixing, and compacting the material, but generally shall not exceed 8 inches in loose thickness.
Fill shall be moisture conditioned to near optimum moisture content and compacted to at least 90% relative compaction. The maximum dry density and optimum moisture content for evaluating relative compaction shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D1557. Utility trench backfill beneath structures, pavements and hardscape shall be compacted to at least 90% relative compaction. The top 12 inches of subgrade beneath pavements shall be compacted to at least 95%.
3.03 EXCAVATION
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Excavation 13 11 01 - 3
A. Checking Layout: Contractor shall, before commencing the excavation work, check all lines, stakes and levels for dimensions, angles, elevations and grades with the survey.
B. Dimensions: Excavate to proper dimensions as shown, cut square and smooth with firm level bottoms. Prepared excavations shall be approved by Geotechnical Engineer. Excavations shall be free of loose or disturbed materials.
C. Excess Water Control: Keep all excavations free from standing water by pumping, draining or providing proper protection against water intrusion. If soil becomes soft, soggy or saturated, perform additional excavation to firm soil not affected by water.
D. Form Removal: Make all excavations of sufficient size to permit installation and removal of forms and all other required work.
E. Alternate Forming: Sides of structures may be formed by neat excavations where banks will stand without caving. If banks cave, provide forming as required and widen excavation to permit forming, bracing and inspection. Provide forming in conformance with Section 13 11 02 and all recognized safety standards. Form all grade beams.
F. Temporary excavations 3 feet deep or less can be made vertically. Deeper temporary excavations in fill shall be laid back no steeper than 1:1 (horizontal: vertical) and in formational materials no steeper than ¾:1 (horizontal: vertical). The faces of temporary slopes shall be inspected daily by the contractor’s Competent Person before personnel are allowed to enter the excavation. Any zones of potential instability, sloughing, or raveling shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer and corrective action implemented before personnel begin working in the excavation. Excavated soils shall not be stockpiled behind temporary excavations within a distance equal to the depth of the excavation. The geotechnical engineer shall be notified if other surcharge loads are anticipated so that lateral load criteria can be developed for the specific situation. If temporary slopes are to be maintained during the rainy season, berms are recommended along the tops of slopes to prevent runoff water from entering the excavation and eroding the slope faces.
Slopes steeper than those described above will require shoring. Additionally, temporary excavations that extend below a plane inclined at 1½:1 (horizontal: vertical) downward from the outside bottom edge of existing structures or improvements will require shoring. Soldier piles and lagging, internally braced shoring, or trench boxes could be used. If trench boxes are used, the soil immediately adjacent to the trench box is not directly supported. Ground surface deformations immediately adjacent to the pit or trench could be greater where trench boxes are used compared to other methods of shoring.
3.04 BACKFILLING
A. Method: After concrete has been placed, forms removed and concrete work approved, backfill the excavations with earth to indicated or required grades. Carry on backfilling simultaneously on each side of walls or grade beams. Remove all rubbish and wood from the excavations before placing backfill.
B. Concrete Protection: Prior to placing any backfill, adequately cure all concrete and provide any bracing required to ensure the stability of the structure. Protect waterproofing and dampproofing against damage in a manner acceptable to the Owner’s Representative.
Remove bracing as backfill operations progress.
C. Moisture: Rigidly control the amount of water used to ensure optimum moisture conditions for the type of fill material used. Excessive amounts of water causing saturation of earth will not be permitted. Compaction by flooding or jetting is prohibited.
D. Excavated material free of organic debris and rocks greater than 6 inches in any dimension are generally expected to be suitable for use as backfill unless beneath buildings or hardscape.
Imported material shall not contain rocks greater than 4 inches in any dimension or organic debris. Imported material shall have an expansion index of 20 or less. The Geotechnical Engineering shall observe and, if appropriate, test proposed imported materials LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Excavation 13 11 01 - 4
E. before they are delivered to the site. Backfill shall be placed in lifts 8 inches or less in loose thickness, moisture conditioned to optimum moisture content or slightly above, and compacted to at least 90% relative compaction.
3.05 GRADING
A. Slopes: Grade to finish grades indicated on Drawings, with uniform slopes between all points.
B. Subgrades: Blade to required grade and roll or tamp subgrades for exterior slabs, decks and paving.
3.06 CLEAN-UP
A. Disposal: Haul away rubbish, debris, and rocks from site promptly and dispose of legally.
Burning rubbish on site is prohibited.
B. Dust and Noise Abatement: During entire period of construction keep area and material being loaded sprinkled to reduce dust in air and annoyance to premises and surrounding property.
END OF SECTION 13 11 01
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Concrete 13 11 02 - 1
SECTION 13 11 02
SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01WORK INCLUDED
A. Forming for cast-in-place concrete and shotcrete associated with swimming pools and cantilever deck.
B. Reinforcement for cast-in-place concrete and shotcrete associated with swimming pools and cantilever deck.
C. Cast-in-place concrete for swimming pool structures. Do not use waterproofing admixture of any kind.
D. Cast-in-place concrete for swimming pool decks with Xypex C-500 crystalline waterproofing admixture. Waterproofing admixture for cantilever deck only.
E. Provide labor, materials and equipment as required to install sealant for all pool deck expansion joints, or any other caulking, as indicated on the aquatic Drawings and herein specified.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:
1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.
2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified.
3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.
B. Standards:
1. In addition to complying with the California Building Code (2022 edition), comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in "Guide to Formwork," Publication ACI 347R-14 of the American Concrete Institute.
2. In addition to complying with California Building Code (2022 edition), 1908A, ACI 318-319 and ACI 506R and ACI 506.2, comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in “Guide to presenting Reinforcing Steel Design Details,” Publication ACI 315R-18 of the American Concrete Institute.
3. In addition to complying with all local codes and regulations, comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in American Society for Testing and materials (ASTM); ASTM C 920 “Standard Specification for Elastometric Joint Sealants.” C. Tolerances: Construct all swimming pool concrete straight, true, plumb and square within a tolerance horizontally and vertically of 1/8” in total distance.
1.03 SUBMITTAL AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00.
B. Samples and Certificates, Concrete Reinforcement:
1. Provide all data and access required for testing as described in Section 01 45 00 of the Specifications.
2. All material shall bear mill tags with heat number identification. Mill analysis and report shall be made available upon request.
3. Material not so labeled and identifiable may be required by the Owner to be tested by the testing laboratory selected by the Owner and at no additional cost to the Owner, in which LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Concrete 13 11 02 - 2
case random samples will be taken for one series of tests from each 2-1/2 tons or fraction thereof of each size and kind of reinforcing steel.
4. Design mix from batch plant demonstrating previous use history and associated strengths at 28 days.
5. The Contractor shall submit a mix design stamped and signed by a licensed engineer for approval by the Owner’s Representative prior to any placement of concrete.
6. The Contractor shall submit a separate mix design stamped and signed by a licensed engineer for the swimming pool decks which contains the specified Xypex C-500 crystalline waterproofing admixture for approval by the Owner’s Representative prior to any placement of concrete.
C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.A of this Section.
D. Submit reinforcing shop drawings for pool walls, gutters, floors, dike walls and balance tank, etc. as shown on the construction drawing.
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer's original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.
B. Storage: Store materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project Site.
C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the swimming pool concrete before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.
D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE FORMWORK
A. Form Materials:
1. Form Lumber: All form lumber in contact with exposed concrete shall be new except as allowed for reuse of forms in Part 3 of this Section, and all form lumber shall be one of the following, a combination thereof, or an equal approved in advance by the Owner’s Representative.
a. “Plyform," Class I or II, bearing the label of the Douglas Fir Plywood Association; "Inner-Seal" Form as manufactured by Louisiana-Pacific, or approved equal. b. Douglas Fir-Larch, number two grade, seasoned, surfaced four sides.
2. Form Release Agent: Colorless, non-staining, free from oils; chemically reactive agent that shall not impair bonding of paint or other coatings intended for use.
B. Ties and Spreaders:
1. Type: All form ties shall be a type which do not leave an open hole through the concrete and which permits neat and solid patching at every hole.
2. Design: When forms are removed, all metal reinforcement shall be not less than two (2) inches from the finished concrete surface.
3. Wire Ties and Wood Spreaders: Do not use wire ties or wood spreaders.
C. Alternate Forming Systems: Alternate forming systems may be used subject to the advance approval of the Owner’s Representative.
2.02 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
A. Bars: Bars for reinforcement shall conform to “Specifications for Deformed Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,” ASTM A-615, Grade 60.
B. Wire Fabric: Wire fabric shall conform to “Specifications for Carbon Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete,” ASTM A1064.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Concrete 13 11 02 - 3
C. Tie Wire: Tie wire for reinforcement shall conform to “Specifications for Carbon Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete,” ASTM A1064 black annealed 16-gauge tie wire.
2.03 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A. Concrete:
1. All concrete, unless otherwise specifically permitted by the Owner’s Representative, shall be transit-mixed in accordance with ASTM C94. Concrete for water retaining structures that do not receive a waterproofing finish such as ceramic tile or swimming pool plaster shall receive a topical waterproofing finish.
2. The control of concrete production shall be under the supervision of a recognized testing agency, selected by the Owner in accordance with Section 01 25 00 of the Specifications.
3. Quality: All concrete shall have the following minimum compressive strengths at twenty- eight (28) days and shall be proportioned within the following limits:
a. 4,000 psi minimum compressive strength for cast-in-place concrete swimming pool structures.
b. 4,000 psi minimum compressive strength for cast-in-place swimming pool decks with Xypex C-500 waterproofing admixture.
c. 1” maximum size aggregate.
d. 6.0 minimum sacks of cement per cubic yard.*
e. Maximum water to cement ratio of 0.40 minimum - 0.45 maximum f. 4” maximum slump.
g. Xypex Admix C-500 2% - 2.5% by weight of cement content. Contact Xypex Technical Services to confirm dosage. (To be used for swimming pool decks only.) * For estimate only: to be determined by mix design.
4. Cement: All cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C-150, Type II or V and shall be the product of one manufacturer.
5. Aggregates:
a. Shall conform to “Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates,” ASTM C33, except as modified herein.
b. Coarse Aggregate: Clean sound washed gravel or crushed rock. Crushing may constitute not more than 30% of the total coarse aggregate volume. Not more than 5% flat, thin, elongated or laminated material nor more than 1% deleterious material shall be present. 1" aggregate graded from 1/4” to 1”, fineness modulus 6.90 to 7.40. 1-1/2” graded from ½” to 1-1/2”, fineness modulus 7.80 to 8.20. c. Fine Aggregate: Washed natural sand of hard, strong particles and shall contain not more than 1% of deleterious material, fineness modulus 2.65 to 3.05. d. Aggregate must be certified, non-expansive from a “known” good source.
6. Water: ASTM C1602, Clean, fresh, free from acid, alkali, organic matter or other impurities liable to be detrimental to the concrete (potable).
7. Admixtures: Admixtures shall be used upon approval of the Owner's Representative. a. Air-entraining admixture: Conform to ASTM C260.
b. Water-reducing admixture: Conform to ASTM C494.
c. Waterproofing admixture for swimming pool cantilever deck only: Xypex Admix C- 500, No substitutions permitted. Conform to ASTM C494.
8. Xypex Admix C-500 Dosage: To be used for swimming pool cantilever deck only. a. General: Xypex Admix must be added to concrete mix at time of batching. It is important to obtain a homogeneous mixture of Xypex Admix with the concrete. Do not add dry Admix powder directly to wet mixed concrete as this could cause clumping and thorough dispersion may not occur.
b. Dosage Rate: Under normal conditions, the crystalline waterproofing powder shall be added to the concrete mix at the following rates:
1) Xypex Admix C-500 2% – 2.5% by weight of cement content LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Concrete 13 11 02 - 4
c. Weather Conditions: For mixing, transporting and placing concrete under conditions of high temperature or low temperature, follow concrete practices such as those referred to in ACI 305R (Hot Weather Concreting) and ACI 306R (Cold Weather Concreting) or other applicable standards.
d. Concrete Batching & Mixing Procedures: Procedures for the addition of Xypex admixture will vary according to type of batch plant operation and equipment. Prior to the placement of any concrete, the concrete batch plant and the contractor shall be responsible to consult with the local Xypex representative concerning additional procedures for the addition, mixing and to confirm dosage.
Note: For enhanced chemical protection or for meeting specific project requirements or where the concrete mix design contains higher than 25% type F fly ash content or includes a Portland cement/slag cement/type C fly ash blend, consult with manufacturer or its authorized representative to determine appropriate dosage rates.
B. Construction Joints: Use keyform for slab pour joints. Either preformed galvanized or PVC construction joint forms of a standard manufacturer may be used. Install per manufacturer's recommendations and tool edges of slabs.
C. Waterstops: PVC bulb-type for use between concrete pours / lifts, conforming with ASTM D 570, D 624, and D 638. Provide in configuration(s) as recommended by manufacturer for specific application. Greenstreak, W.R. Meadows, or approved equal.
D. Curing Materials:
1. Liquid Membrane (covered slab): Chlorinated rubber membrane forming, curing-sealing compound conforming to ASTM C309.
2. Liquid Membrane (exposed slab): Clear methyl and butyl methacrylate non-staining, membrane forming, curing-sealing compound conforming to ASTM C309.
E. Cement Grout and Drypack:
1. Cement Grout: Mix 1 part by volume of Portland Cement, 1/2 part by volume of water and fine aggregate enough to make mixture flow under its' own weight.
2. Drypack: Mix 1 part by volume of Portland Cement, 1/2 part by volume of water and fine aggregate enough to make a stiff mix that will mold into a ball. Mix no more than can be used in 30 minutes.
F. Concrete Pool Cantilever Deck Penetrating Sealer:
1. Manufacturer: PROSOCO, Inc., 3741 Greenway Circle, Lawrence, KS 66046. Phone:
(800) 255-4255; Fax: (785) 830-9797. E-mail: [email protected]
2. Typical Technical Data:
a. FORM: Clear liquid
b. SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.04
c. pH: not applicable
d. WEIGHT/GALLON.: 8.69 pounds
e. ACTIVE CONTENT: 11.47 percent
f. TOTAL SOLIDS: 9.21 percent ASTM D2369
g. FLASH POINT: 63 degrees Fahrenheit (53 degrees Celsius) ASTM D3278 h. FREEZE POINT: 38 degrees Fahrenheit (3 degrees Celsius) i. SHELF LIFE: 2 years in tightly sealed, unopened container j. VOC CONTENT: less than 100 grams per Liter
3. Limitations
a. Not appropriate for use on limestone, marble, travertine or other calcareous stones.
Always test other natural stone to ensure desired results. b. Not suitable for application to synthetic resin paints, gypsum, plaster or other non- masonry surfaces.
c. May not be suitable for surfaces receiving paints or coatings. Always test. d. May cause slight darkening on some surfaces.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Concrete 13 11 02 - 5
e. May adhere to glass. Contact PROSOCO for removal recommendations. f. Not suitable for protecting surfaces subject to constant water spray. g. Will not compensate for structural or material defects. h. Not recommended for below grade application.
4. Application: Provide two coats per manufacturer's requirements. Before applying, read “Preparation” in the Manufacturer’s Product Data Sheet and all safety information in the Manufacturer’s Safety Data Sheet for Saltguard® VOC (for projects in California contact manufacturer for Saltguard in compliance with CARB). Refer to the Product Data Sheet for additional information about application of Saltguard® VOC. Do not dilute or alter.
2.04 JOINT SEALANT MATERIALS
A. Caulking: Multipart, non-sag gun grade polyurethane-based sealant meeting the requirements of ASTM C920-02, Type S or M, Mamemco International, Pecora, Sika Corp., Sonneborn Building Products, Tremco or approved equal. Self-leveling caulking materials are not allowed.
B. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.
C. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials.
D. Sealant Backer Rod: Provide compressible polyethylene or polyurethane backer rod as recommended by the sealant manufacturer.
E. Bond Breaker Tape: Provide polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer, to be applied to sealant-contact surfaces where bond to substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant.
F. Sand: Cover the surface of the caulking with #30 silica sand.
2.05 OTHER MATERIALS
A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for proper completion of the work of this Section, shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to the advance review by the Owner’s Representative.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:
1. Prior to all Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that all Work may be constructed in accordance with all applicable codes and regulations, the referenced standards, the original design, and in accordance with site specific Geotechnical Report.
B. Discrepancies:
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.
3. Failure to notify the Owner’s Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive work.
3.02 CONCRETE FORMWORK
A. Construction of Forms:
1. General: Construct all required forms to be substantial, sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of concrete paste, and able to withstand excessive deflection when filled with wet concrete.
2. Layout:
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Concrete 13 11 02 - 6
a. Form for all required cast-in-place concrete to the shapes, sizes, lines and dimensions indicated on the Drawings.
b. Exercise particular care in the layout of forms to avoid necessity for cutting concrete after placement.
c. Make proper provisions for all openings, offsets, recesses, anchorages, blocking and other features of the Work as shown or required.
d. Perform all forming required for Work of other trades and do all cutting and repairing of forms required to permit such installation.
e. Carefully examine the Drawings and Specifications and consult with other trades as required relative to providing for pipe and conduit penetrations, reglets, chases and other items in the forms.
3. Imbedded Items: Set all required steel frames, angles, bolts, inserts and other such items required to be anchored in the concrete prior to concrete being placed.
4. Bracings:
a. Properly brace and tie the forms together so as to maintain position and shape and to ensure safety to workmen.
b. Construct all bracing, supporting members and centering of ample size and strength to safely carry, without excessive deflection, all dead and live loads to which they may be subjected.
c. Properly space the forms apart and securely tie them together, using metal spreader ties that give positive tying and accurate spreading.
5. Wetting: Keep forms sufficiently wetted to prevent joints from opening up before concrete is placed.
B. Plywood Forms:
1. Design: Nail the plywood panels directly to studs and apply in a manner to minimize the number of joints.
2. Joints: Make all panel joints tight butt joints with all edges true and square.
C. Footing Forms:
1. Wood Forms: All footing forms shall be wood unless otherwise specifically approved by the Owner’s Representative, or as specified in paragraph 3.02(C)(2).
2. Earth Forms:
a. Side walls for footings may be of earth provided the soil will stand without caving and the sides of the bank are made with a neat cut to the minimum dimensions indicated on the Drawings.
b. For excavation and backfill of earth forms, conform with applicable provisions of Section 13 11 01.
D. Reuse of Forms:
1. Reuse of forms shall be subject to advance approval of the Owner’s Representative.
2. Except as specifically approved in advance by the Owner’s Representative, reuse of forms shall in no way delay or change the schedule for placement of concrete from the schedule obtainable if all forms were new.
3. Except as specifically approved in advance by the Owner’s Representative, reuse of forms shall in no way impart less structural stability to the forms nor less acceptable appearance to finished concrete.
E. Removal of Forms:
1. General:
a. In general, side forms of footings may be removed seven (7) days after placement of concrete, but time may be extended if deemed necessary by the Owner’s Representative.
b. Forms for footings, foundations, grade beams, slabs, walls, and other formed concrete may be removed fourteen (14) days after placement of concrete.
2. Removal:
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Concrete 13 11 02 - 7
a. Use all means necessary to protect workers, passersby, the installed Work of other trades and the complete safety of the structure.
b. Cut nails and tie wires or form ties off flush, and leave all surfaces smooth and clean. c. Remove metal spreader ties on exposed concrete by removing or snapping off inside the wall surface and pointing up and rubbing the resulting pockets to match the surrounding areas.
d. Flush all holes resulting from the use of spreader ties and sleeve nuts using water, and then solidly pack throughout the wall thickness with cement grout applied under pressure by means of a grouting gun; grout shall be one-part Portland Cement to 2- 1/2 parts sand; apply grout immediately after removing forms.
3.03 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
A. Bending:
1. General:
a. Fabricate all reinforcement in strict accordance with the Drawings. b. Do not use bars with kinks or bends not shown on the Drawings. c. Do not bend or straighten steel in a manner that will injure the material. (When opposite end is already encased in concrete.)
2. Design:
a. Bend all bars cold.
b. Make bends for stirrups and ties around a pin having a diameter of not less than two (2) times the minimum thickness of the bar.
c. Make bends for other bars, including hooks, around a pin having a diameter of not less than six (6) times the minimum thickness of the bar.
B. Placing:
1. General: Before the start of concrete placement, accurately place all concrete reinforcement, positively securing and supporting by concrete blocks, metal chairs or spacers, or by metal hangers.
2. Clearance:
a. Preserve clear space between bars of not less than one and one-half (1-1/2) times the nominal diameter of the round bars.
b. In no case let the clear space be less than one and one-half (1-1/2) inches nor less than one and one-third (1-1/3) times the maximum size of the aggregate. c. Provide the following minimum concrete covering of reinforcement:
1) Concrete deposited against earth: three (3) inches minimum. 2) Concrete below grade deposited against forms: two (2) inches minimum. 3) Concrete elsewhere: As indicated on Drawings or otherwise approved by the Owner’s Representative.
3. Splicing:
a. Horizontal Bars:
1) Place bars in horizontal members with minimum lap at splices sufficient to develop the strength of the bars.
2) Bars may be wired together at laps except at points of support of the member, at which points preserve clear space described above.
3) Whenever possible, stagger the splices of adjacent bars. 4) Splice forty (40) bar diameters minimum.
5) Provide non-contact lap slices for shotcrete.
b. Wire Fabric: Make all splices in wire fabric at least one and one-half (1-1/2) meshes wide.
c. Other Splices: Make only those other splices that are indicated on the Drawings or specifically approved by the Owner’s Representative.
4. Dowels: Place all required steel dowels and securely anchor them into position before concrete is placed.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Concrete 13 11 02 - 8
5. Obstructions: In the event conduits, piping, inserts, sleeves and other items interfere with placing reinforcement as indicated on the Drawings or otherwise required, immediately consult with the Owner’s Representative and obtain approval of a new procedure prior to placing concrete.
C. Cleaning Reinforcement: Steel reinforcement, at the time concrete is placed around it, shall be free from rust scale, loose mill scale, oil, paint and all other coatings which will destroy or reduce the bond between steel and concrete. Bend down all tie wire away from the top of the pool deck. Maintain a 2” clear from top of concrete to the tie wire.
3.04 SHOTCRETE REINFORCEMENT
A. Shotcrete reinforcement shall be in accordance with the requirements of CBC 1908A and ACI 318-19, along with the provisions of ACI 506R and ACI 506.2. For parallel nonprestressed reinforcement in shotcrete members, the clear spacing between bars shall be at least the greater of 6 bar diameters and 2-1/2 in. Where two curtains of reinforcement are provided, the clear spacing between bars in the curtain nearer the nozzle shall be at least 12 bar diameters; the clear spacing between bars in the remaining curtain shall be at least the greater of 6 bar diameters and 2-1/2 in. Adequate encasement of bars larger than No. 5 shall be demonstrated by a preconstruction test shotcrete mockup panel.
1. Subject to the approval of the building official, it shall be permitted to use a clear spacing that does not meet the clear spacing provisions listed above provided that shotcrete mockup panels are used to demonstrate the proper reinforcement encasement in accordance with the following:
a. The shotcrete mockup panels shall be representative of the most complex reinforcement configurations to be encountered
2. The licensed design professional shall specify the shotcrete mockup panel quantity, frequency of shooting per nozzleman and member type, and panel thickness to verify reinforcement encasement.
B. Non-contact lap splices for reinforcement in shotcrete shall have clear spacing in accordance with the following:
1. For No. 6 and smaller bars, the clear spacing between bars shall be at least greater of 6 bar diameters and 2-1/2” in.
2. For No. 7 and larger bars, the clear spacing shall be established using a shotcrete mockup panel to demonstrate that the reinforcement is properly encased.
3. Subject to the approval of the building official, contact lap splices for reinforcement in shotcrete shall be oriented with the plane of the spliced bars perpendicular to the surface of the shotcrete and approved by the licensed design professional based on a shotcrete mockup panel to demonstrate that the reinforcement is properly encased.
3.05 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A. Conveying and Placing Concrete:
1. Before placing concrete, mixing and conveying equipment shall be well cleaned, and the forms and space to be occupied by concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and wetted.
Ground water shall be removed until the completion of the work.
2. No concrete shall be placed in any unit of work until all formwork has been completely constructed, all reinforcement has been secured in place, all items to be built into concrete are in place, and form ties at construction joints tightened.
3. Concrete shall be conveyed from mixer to place of final deposit in such a way to prevent the separation or loss of ingredients. It shall be placed as nearly as practicable in its’ final position to avoid rehandling or flowing. Concrete shall not be dropped freely where reinforcing bars will cause segregation, nor shall it be dropped freely more than six (6) feet. Use tremies, spouts and dump boxes in deep sections. Vibrators are not acceptable for facilitating concrete transport.
4. Concrete shall be tamped and spaded to insure proper compaction into all parts of forms and around reinforcement. A mechanical vibrator shall be used to thoroughly compact the LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Concrete 13 11 02 - 9
concrete. Vibration must be by direct action in the concrete and not against forms or rein- forcement.
5. Mixing and transport time as indicated in ASTM C94 is required. If air temperatures are between 85° and 90° F the delivery time is to be reduced to 75 minutes. When air temperatures are in excess of 90° F the delivery time should be reduced to 60 minutes.
6. Truck mixes without batch certificates will be rejected.
B. Construction Joints / Expansion Joints: Construction joints and expansion joints shall be provided at locations and in the manner shown on the Drawings. With exception of existing concrete / new shotcrete joints, use PVC bulb-type waterstops appropriate for design condition between all concrete pours / lifts to avoid cold joints. Waterstops shall be placed in such a way to protect reinforcing steel from rust and oxidation. All expansion joints must be the full depth of the concrete section in which they are located.
C. Slab Finishes: Concrete slabs shall be compacted and screeded uniformly to grades shown.
Push large aggregates below the surface with a screen tamper, screed and bull float. As soon as the surface becomes workable, it shall be wood floated, then finished as indicated on the Drawings to a uniform smooth, true surface in a neat and workmanlike manner. Carefully coordinate slab finish requirements with other trades (ceramic tile, pool plaster) to ensure concrete finish is appropriate substrate for final finish material.
1. Contractor shall provide three mock-up deck samples, minimum 3’x 3’, with a wedge anchor installed in one sample. These (3) samples shall be constructed; one with a light broom finish, one (1) with a medium broom finish and one (1) with a heavy broom finish for determination and selection of an appropriate deck finish. Each sample shall be edged on all four sides to demonstrate a 3/4” radius edge. Anchor installation shall demonstrate acceptable interface between anchor and the top of deck. Deck samples shall remain on job site through final inspection for reference.
2. Pool Floor Slab: Heavy Wire Broom Finish.
D. Protection and Curing:
1. Concrete shall be protected from injurious action of the elements and defacement of any nature during construction.
2. All forms must be kept wet to prevent drying out of the concrete.
3. All concrete surfaces including footings must be kept wet for at least seven (7) days after concrete is placed.
4. Apply the appropriate curing materials, as specified in 2.03 of this Section, immediately after finishing slabs. Application shall be as specified by the manufacturer.
E. Form Removal:
1. Take care in removing forms so that surfaces are not marred or gouged and that corners are true, sharp and unbroken.
2. No steel spreaders, ties or other metal shall project from or be visible on any concrete surfaces.
F. Defective Work:
1. Should the strength of any concrete for any portion of the work indicated by tests of molded cylinders and core tests fall below minimum 28 days strength specified or indicated, concrete will be deemed defective work and shall be replaced.
2. Concrete work that is not formed as indicated, is not true to intended alignment, not plumb or level where so intended, not true to intended grades or elevations, not true to specified or selected finish, contains sawdust shavings, wood, or embedded debris, which exhibits cracks or contains fine or coarse sulfide particles, or expansive aggregates detrimental to performance or appearance of the concrete shall be deemed defective.
3. Promptly perform work required to replace and properly clean (by sandblasting if necessary) any defective concrete panels (control joint or expansion joint to control joint or expansion joint), at Contractor's expense, including all expense of additional inspection, tests, or supervision made necessary as a result of defective concrete.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Concrete 13 11 02 - 10
3.06 EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Temperatures: Do not install sealants when air temperature is less than 40°F.
B. Tooling: Tool exposed joints to a slightly concave surface using slicking materials recommended by the manufacturer. The tooling procedure shall press sealant against the sides of the joint. No materials shall be left “feathered” out or smeared on the abutting materials. Completed joints shall have a uniform professional appearance.
C. Joint Construction: Sealant joint width, thickness and cross-sectional profile to be constructed in strict accordance with the sealant manufacturer’s recommendations.
D. Sand: At the appropriate time cover the sealant with sand to provide a sanded finish.
3.07 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the Work of this Section, immediately remove all swimming pool concrete materials, debris and rubbish occasioned by this Work to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.
END OF SECTION 13 11 02
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Shotcrete 13 11 03 - 1
SECTION 13 11 03
SWIMMING POOL SHOTCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide labor, materials and equipment as required to install structural wet mix shotcrete for swimming pool structures as indicated on the Drawings and herein specified.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:
1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.
2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years’ experience with the materials and methods specified.
3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years’ experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.
B. Standards: Except as otherwise indicated, provide shotcrete per American Concrete Institute Standard ACI 506.2, ACI 318-19, and the California Building Code (2022 edition).
C. Mix Design: The Contractor shall submit a mix design stamped and signed by a licensed engineer for approval by the Owner’s Representative prior to any placement of shotcrete. Mix design shall indicate source of aggregate and brands of cement and admixtures used. All mix designs shall take character of locally available aggregate into consideration and make adjustments as necessary to conform with specified design criteria.
D. Testing and Inspection: A test panel shall be shot, cured, cored or sawn, examined and tested (representing the most congested and difficult project scenario) prior to commencement of the project in accordance with ASTM C1140. All project conditions and personnel shall be represented in the test panel. Additionally, one test panel shall be provided for each 50 yards (or portion thereof) of shotcrete placed for each day or each nozzleman, whichever is greater.
The size of the strength test panel shall be per the direction of the Special Shotcrete Inspector.
At least three (3) cores shall be taken from each test panel. (At least three (3) cores shall be taken from the completed work for each day of shotcrete operation.) Testing shall be performed by the Owner’s designated Testing Lab and comply with Section ACI 318-19 and CBC 2022 1705A.3.9. Continuous inspection of the shotcrete operation by a deputy inspector provided by the Owner shall be required.
E. Tolerances: Construct all swimming pool shotcrete straight, true, plumb and square within a tolerance horizontally of one in 200 and a tolerance vertically of one in 2000.
1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 and ACI 506.2.
B. Materials List: Within thirty (30) days after issuance of Notice to Proceed, and before shotcrete materials are delivered to the project site, submit to the Owner a complete list of materials proposed to be used in this portion of the Work, showing manufacturer's name and catalog number of all items such as admixtures and curing membranes, and the name and address of the supplier of cement and aggregate to be used.
C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.A of this Section.
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect shotcrete materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Shotcrete 13 11 03 - 2
B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner and at no additional cost to the Owner.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Cement: Cement shall be Type II Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C150. Cement type shall be the same for all shotcrete work.
B. Aggregate: ASTM C33, washed hard dense durable clean sharp sand from approved pit, free of organic matter and opaline, feldspar, or silicous magnesium substances and containing not more than 3% by weight of deleterious substances. Maximum size aggregate for shotcrete is ¾” per ACI 318-19. When tested for organic impurities by ASTM C40 method, fine aggregate color not darker than reference standard color. When tested for soundness by ASTM C88 method, grading No. 2 of ASTM C1436, loss after 5 cycles not over 10% of fine aggregate.
C. Water: Potable, clean, fresh, free from acid, alkali, organic matter or other impurities liable to be detrimental to the shotcrete.
D. Admixtures: Admixtures shall conform to ASTM C1141 and only be used upon approval of the Owner's Representative.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXECUTION
A. Inspection:
1. Prior to all Work of this Section carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that items to be imbedded in shotcrete are in place and that shotcrete may be placed to the lines and elevations shown on the Drawings, with all required clearance from reinforcement.
B. Discrepancies:
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner's Representative.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.
3. Failure to notify the Owner's Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive the Work.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. General:
1. Thoroughly clean all areas where shotcrete is to be placed to insure proper bonding of shotcrete.
2. Where shotcrete is to be placed against smooth surfaces (i.e., cast-in-place concrete), sandblast surfaces to receive shotcrete to provide clean aggregate surface, thereby insuring proper bond between materials.
B. Ground Wires: Adequate ground wires, to be used as screeds, shall be installed to establish the thickness and surface planes of the shotcrete work. Ground wires shall be placed so that they are tight and true to line and grade and in such a manner that they can be easily tightened.
3.03 PROPORTIONING AND MIXING
A. Accurately control proportion of water to Portland cement to produce thorough and uniform hydration of the shotcrete that, when shot, forms a homogeneous mass containing neither sags nor dry sand formation. Proportion by mass per ASTM C94 or by volume per ASTM C685.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Shotcrete 13 11 03 - 3
B. Shotcrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 PSI at 28 days. Shotcrete material shall have a water/cement ratio of 0.40-0.45 per ACI 506R, Chapter 6, Proportioning and Preconstruction Testing; Section 6.3.3, Wet Mix Process.
C. Discontinue shotcrete work if the time between the addition of mixing water to cement and aggregate, or cement to aggregates, and placement of shotcrete exceeds ninety (90) minutes when the ambient temperature is below 85 degrees Fahrenheit, or exceeds sixty (60) minutes when the ambient temperature is above 85 degrees Fahrenheit. Batch, mix and deliver wet- mixture shotcrete per ASTM C94 or C685.
D. Hot Weather Shotcreting – Unless otherwise specified, do not place shotcrete when shotcrete temperature is above 95°F, unless prequalification testing shows that the required quality of materials can be achieved at high temperatures. The temperature of reinforcement and receiving surfaces shall be below 90°F prior to shotcrete placement.
E. Cold Weather Shotcreting – Unless otherwise specified, shooting may proceed when ambient temperature is 40°F and rising. Stop shooting when ambient temperature is 40°F and falling, unless measures are taken to protect the shotcrete. Shotcrete material temperature, when shot, shall not be less than 50°F. Do not place against frozen surfaces
3.04 SHOTCRETE PLACING, FINISHING, AND CURING
A. Operations: Utilize a standard type of air compressor, capable of providing a minimum of 250 cubic feet of air per minute per nozzle.
B. Placing: Except when shooting reinforcing, hold the nozzle perpendicular to and 2-1/2 to 3 feet from surface. At reinforcing bars, hold the nozzle so as to direct shotcrete behind the bars, and shoot each side of each bars separately. A nozzleman’s helper equipped with an air jet shall precede the nozzle and blow out rebound or sand lodged behind bars, on forms, or placed shotcrete. Placing shotcrete horizontal members from the top is not allowed unless approved methods are employed to eliminate all rebound. Material shall emerge from the nozzle in a uniform flow. If flow becomes intermittent for any reason, direct the nozzle away from the surface until the flow is again steady and constant. Do not reuse rebound or loose sand for any purpose.
C. Puddled Shotcrete: Use of “puddled shotcrete” in which the air pressure is reduced and the water content is increased to facilitate placing in difficult locations is not allowed. Do not place shotcrete where nozzle stream cannot impinge directly on the involved surface. Where difficult shooting conditions occur, obtain proper results by maintaining correct air pressure and water ratio and reduce supply of material.
D. Construction Joints: Form joints with sloping beveled edges. Clean and dampen the hardened joint surfaces before placing additional shotcrete. Square edged construction joints are not allowed. The film of laitance which forms on the surface of the shotcrete shall be removed within approximately two hours after application by brushing with a stiff broom. If this film is not removed within two hours, it shall be removed by thorough wire brushing or sand blasting.
Construction joints over eight hours old shall be thoroughly cleaned with air and water prior to receiving shotcrete.
E. Finishing: Rod exposed surfaces to true planes and lines on reaching the thickness and plane established by forms and ground wires. Tamp and wood float surfaces level and provide a rough raked finish. Carefully coordinate finish requirements with other trades (ceramic tile, pool plaster) to ensure shotcrete finish is appropriate substrate for final finish material.
F. Curing: Keep shotcrete continuously damp for not less than seven (7) days after placing. Use sealed curing sheeting or other approved curing method where water curing is not feasible. Do not use curing compound of any kind.
3.05 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Cut out, remove and replace, or repair to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative, shotcrete not meeting minimum strength, not true, plumb or level, not to required elevations, LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Shotcrete 13 11 03 - 4
containing cracks detrimental to performance or appearance, containing shavings, debris or with honeycombs or voids.
B. Promptly perform Work required to repair, patch, replace, render properly cleaned surfaces (by sandblasting if necessary) or otherwise make good any defective shotcrete at Contractor's expense, including all expense of additional inspection, tests, or supervision made necessary as a result of defective shotcrete.
3.06 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the Work of this Section, immediately remove all swimming pool shotcrete materials, debris and rubbish occasioned by this work to the approval of the Owner's Representative.
END OF SECTION 13 11 03
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Ceramic Tile 13 11 04 - 1
SECTION 13 11 04
SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01WORK INCLUDED
A. Swimming pool ceramic tile detailed on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Waterline Face Tile. (Deep Gutter Pool)
2. Gutter Cap Tile. (Deep Gutter Pool)
3. Lane Line / Target Tile / 4’-6” Depth Tile
4. Depth Marker Tile. (At Cantilever Deck Face)
5. Depth / Caution Marker Tile. (At Deep Gutter Pool Deck)
6. Trim Tile (at Steps.)
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:
1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.
2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years’ experience with the materials and methods specified.
3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years’ experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.
B. Standards: In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations:
1. Manufacture of all tile shall be in accordance with ANSI A-137.1.
2. Install ceramic tile in accordance with the recommendations contained in the 2023 “Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation” of the Tile Council of America, Inc.
C. Tolerances: Install all swimming pool ceramic tile straight, true, plumb and square within a tolerance horizontally of one in 200 and a tolerance vertically of one in 500. Waterline and gutter bullnose tile shall be level to 1/8” (+/- 1/16”) around entire perimeter of swimming pools.
1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00.
B. Samples: Submit samples of each color and pattern in the specified groups. Character samples can be representative for review prior to screening of actual tile.
C. Master Grade Certificate: Prior to opening ceramic tile containers, submit a Master Grade Certificate, signed by the manufacturer of the tile used and issued when the shipment is made, stating the grade, kind of tile, identification marks for the tile containers, and the name and location of the Project.
D. Specifications: Submit manufacturer's recommended installation specifications for the Work.
E. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.A of this Section.
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver all materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer’s original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.
B. Storage: Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project site.
C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool ceramic tile before, during and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Ceramic Tile 13 11 04 - 2
D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TILE
A. Waterline Face Tile: (Deep Gutter Pool)
1. Material: All waterline face tile shall be glazed ceramic tile (Group III standard) as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal.
2. Size: 6 x 6 inches.
3. Color: Dal-Tile #D-129 ‘Sky Blue’. Contact Kylee Midura [email protected] (858) 344-0019.
B. Gutter Cap Tile: (Deep Gutter Pool)
1. Material: All gutter cap tile shall be glazed ceramic tile (Group III standard) as manufac- tured by Dal-Tile or approved equal.
2. Size: 2-1/2 x 6 inches (#A-7250).
3. Color: Dal-Tile #D-129 ‘Sky Blue’.
C. Lane Line / Target / 4’ - 6” Depth Tile:
1. Material: Group 3 quality, frost proof unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal.
2. Size: 1 x 1 inches.
3. Color: Dal-Tile #D-311, ‘Black' in 25-yard lane direction and #D023 ‘Galaxy Blue’ at 4’-6” depth tile.
D. Depth Marker Tile (At Cantilever Deck Face):
1. Material: All depth marker tile shall be glazed ceramic tile as manufactured and/or distributed by Dal-Tile, Precision Tile Co., or approved equal.
2. Size: 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 inches.
3. Color: Dal-Tile #X-114, 'Desert Gray' with Black silk screen numbers.
E. Depth / Caution Marker Tile (at deep gutter pool deck):
1. Material: Group 3 quality, frost proof unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal.
2. Size: 1 x 1 inches.
3. Color: Dal-Tile #D-311, 'Black’ letters and numbers on #D-014, 'Light Gray' field.
F. Trim Tile (on underwater steps):
1. Material: Group 3 quality, frost proof unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal.
2. Size: 1 x 1 inches with S-812 quarter round. Color: Dal-Tile #D-311. ‘Black’.
3. Size 2 x 6 inches with integral quarter round. Color: Black, non-slip. Inlays #CPC00022.
2.02 MORTAR
A. Laticrete 3701 fortified mortar #LCR-37-1017.
B. Site mortar mix shall comply with ASTM C270 standards.
1. Sand for Mortar: Comply with requirements of fine aggregate for concrete.
2. Cement: Type 1 portland cement, conforming to ASTM C150.
3. Hydrated Lime: Conforming to ASTM C206 or 207, Type S.
4. Water: From a potable source.
C. Water: From a potable source.
D. Mortar shall meet ASTM C627
2.03 THIN SET MORTAR
A. Laticrete 254 Platinum. Laticrete, Custom or equal.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Ceramic Tile 13 11 04 - 3
B. Water: From a potable source.
C. Mortar shall meet ASTM C627.
2.04 GROUT
A. All tile grout shall be waterproof grout complying with the recommendations of TCA and ANSI A118.6 (4) standards. Grout color shall be grey for dark backgrounds, white for light backgrounds (verify colors with Architect).
2.05 OTHER MATERIALS
A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of ceramic tile as indicated on the Drawings, shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds, and subject to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:
1. Prior to all Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that ceramic tile can be installed in accordance with the original design and all referenced standards.
B. Discrepancies:
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.
3. Failure to notify the Owner’s Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive its Work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Method:
1. Install all ceramic tile in strict accordance with installation method P601-90 of the 2023 Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation of the Tile Council of America, Inc.
2. Be certain to install all ceramic tile perfectly level, flush, plumb, and to the finish grades and elevations indicated on the Drawings.
B. Interface:
1. Carefully establish and follow the required horizontal and vertical elevations to insure proper and adequate space for the work and materials of other trades.
2. Coordinate and cooperate as required with other trades to insure proper and adequate interface of ceramic tile Work with the Work of other trades.
3.03 GROUTING
A. Follow grout manufacturer's recommendations as to grouting procedures and precautions.
B. Remove all grout haze, observing grout manufacturer's recommendations as to use of acid and chemical cleaners.
3.04 EXTRA STOCK
A. Provide one (1) unopened box of extra tile for 2.01A, 2.01B, and 2.01C for Owners use at a future time.
3.05 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the swimming pool ceramic tile installation, thoroughly clean and polish the exposed surfaces of tile work. Completely clean work area of debris and rubbish occasioned by this Work and dispose of to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Ceramic Tile 13 11 04 - 4
END OF SECTION 13 11 04
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Plaster 13 11 05 - 1
SECTION 13 11 05
SWIMMING POOL PLASTER
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01WORK INCLUDED
A. Swimming pool plaster and waterproofing of swimming pool structures as indicated on the Drawings and herein specified.
B. Start-up and operation instructions to Owner’s operations and maintenance personnel and properly balance swimming pool water chemistry until the Owner takes occupancy.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:
1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.
2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years’ experience with the materials and methods specified.
3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years’ experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.
B. Standards: Swimming pool plaster shall conform with requirements of Chapter 31B of California Building Code, 2022 edition. In addition, meet requirements of applicable portions of most current edition of the “Technical Manual,” National Plasterers Council, Wauconda, Illinois.
C. Start-up:
1. Furnish a swimming pool water chemistry consultant, with a minimum of five (5) years’ experience, possessing either AFO (Aquatic Facility Operator) or CPO (Certified Pool Operator) certification(s), to supervise and properly balance swimming pool water chemistry.
2. Demonstrate to the Owner that all systems are fully operational and that calcium hardness, total alkalinity, chlorine residual and pH levels are within specified limits.
3. Standards: Furnish labor and chemicals as required to condition the water properly to the following specifications:
a. Calcium Hardness: 200-400 parts per million (PPM)
b. Total Alkalinity: 80-100 PPM, minimum
c. Chlorine Residual: 1.00 to 2.00 PPM
d. pH Factor: 7.2 to 7.6
1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A.Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00.
B. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02 and 1.02.C.1 of this Section.
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer's original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.
B. Storage: Store materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project Site.
C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the swimming pool plaster before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.
D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Plaster 13 11 05 - 2
1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. No plastering shall be done under unsuitable conditions of weather or temperature. No plastering shall be done when prevailing temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit or less.
B. Do not install plaster during rain and, if rain commences after plastering has begun, immediately protect the plaster from rain by all means necessary until the plaster has set.
C. Do not install plaster during wind greater than 10 mph and, if wind commences after plastering has begun, immediately protect the plaster from wind by all means necessary until the plaster has set.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CEMENT / AGGREGATE
A. Luna Quartz® tiny pebble finish by Wet Edge Technologies. Altima® quartz finish by Wet Edge Technologies. Pebble-Fina® pool finish by Pebble Technologies.
2.02 COLOR
A. All swimming pool plaster shall be white in color. Wet Edge Technologies shall be Luna Quartz® “Polar White”. Wet Edge Technologies shall be Altima® “White”. Pebble Technology shall be Pebble-Fina® “Classico”. Contractor to obtain written approval on selected pebble color from the local Health Department prior to installation. Submit cut sheet, color sample and written approval for review by Architect and Owner
2.03 WATER
A. Water for swimming pool plaster shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of acid, alkali, and organics.
2.04 GUTTER, PUMP PIT, BACKWASH PIT & SURGE CHAMBER WATERPROOFING A. Xypex, Miracote Miraflex Membrane C, or approved equal. Mix and apply per manufacturer’s recommendations for specific application. Color shall be Gray.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:
1. Prior to Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation can properly commence.
2. Verify that swimming pool plaster can be installed in accordance with the original design and all referenced standards, including proprietary application techniques and application training/certifications.
B. Discrepancies:
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner's Representative.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.
3. Failure to notify the Owner's Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive the Work.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF GUTTER, PUMP PIT, BACKWASH PIT & SURGE CHAMBER
WATERPROOFING
A. Provide two (2) coats of the specified gutter and surge chamber waterproofing prior to plastering the swimming pool. Prepare surfaces to receive waterproofing and cure in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations. Provide steel trowel application method to ensure uniform smooth, dense surface finish.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF POOL PLASTER
A. Outdoor Pools or Spas:
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Plaster 13 11 05 - 3
1. Completion of other work: DO NOT commence plastering of swimming pool(s) or spa(s) until the following conditions have been met:
a. The Health Department and/or other governing agencies have approved the pool(s) and/or spas) for plaster.
b. All concrete pool deck construction is complete and the pool decks have been thoroughly cleaned.
c. All landscaping in areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s) is complete and the landscape irrigation system is operable.
d. All painting in the pool area is complete.
e. All welding and grinding in locations adjacent to the pool area are complete. f. The backwash sewer connection is complete.
g. Pool(s) and/or spa(s) area(s) perimeter fencing installation is complete. h. All trash and debris have been removed from areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s), particularly those areas that are normally upwind from the pool(s) or spa(s). i. All dust raising construction and/or activities in areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s) are complete or mitigated.
j. The circulation pump(s) is/are operational.
k. The mechanical system has been flushed sufficiently to remove all dirt and debris from the piping system.
l. All necessary chemicals (Chorine, pH adjuster, Sodium Bicarbonate and Calcium Chloride or any other required chemicals) are on site and ready for use. m. Obtain written approval from the Owner and the Architect.
B. Indoor Pools or Spas:
1. Completion of Other Work: DO NOT commence plastering of swimming pool(s) or spa(s) until the following conditions have been met:
a. The Health Department has approved the pool(s) and/or spa(s) for plaster. b. All work above the pool(s) and/or spa(s) is complete. c. All painting in the pool area is complete.
d. All welding and grinding in locations adjacent to the pool area are complete. e. The backwash sewer connection is complete.
f. All concrete pool deck construction is complete and the pool decks have been thoroughly cleaned.
g. The circulation pump(s) is/are operation.
h. The mechanical system has been flushed sufficiently to remove all dirt and debris from the piping system.
i. All necessary chemicals (Chlorine, Acid, Sodium Bicarbonate and Calcium Chloride) are on site and ready to use.
j. Obtain written approval from the Owner and the Architect.
C. Contractor accepts all liability from damage done to the pool plaster if the pool(s) or spa(s) is (are) plaster before the completion of the above listed items or without the written approval of the Owner and the Architect.
D. POOL PLASTER AUTHORIZATION FORM:
1. The pool(s) and or spa(s) at Monroe Street Aquatic Center is/are hereby approved for the installation of the pool plaster. Pursuant to the requirements of specification section 13 11 05, paragraph 3.03.
Owner Date
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Plaster 13 11 05 - 4
Architect / Project Manager Date
E. Preparation:
1. Do not apply plaster over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces or conditions otherwise detrimental to the formation of a durable plaster finish.
2. Consult with manufacturer on application to specific surfaces being treated. Follow manufacturer's recommendation for curing of cast-in-place concrete or shotcrete surfaces prior to application of plaster.
3. Protect ceramic tile, decking, deck equipment, gratings, fittings and other items by suitable covering or masking.
4. Mask or remove all hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in place not to receive pool plaster. Following completion of plaster for each space or area remove masking. Re-install all removed items utilizing workers skilled in the trades involved.
F. Application:
1. Finish shall be applied to a uniform thickness of 3/8” to ½” over the entire surface. The walls shall be scratch-coated followed by a finish coat. Material applied to the floor after the walls have been applied shall be accelerated to assure uniform setting time throughout the pool surface.
2. Float the plaster to a uniform plane and trowel to a smooth, dense, impervious surface using extreme care to avoid stains.
3. Take special care in finishing around pool fittings, making sure to mask off or plug openings so as not to fill such openings with excess plaster. Be certain to completely enclose pool fittings with plaster to insure a leak-proof seal around pipes, fittings, lights, anchors, etc.
4. Accurately interface with the finish planes of items installed by other trades.
5. Quartz-cement plaster is to be applied by a licensed applicator as approved by the manufacturer, and in accordance with manufacturer’s training.
3.04 CURING
A. Preparation: Anticipate the need for required equipment and have all such equipment immediately available for use upon completion of pool plastering.
B. Pool Filling:
1. After the plaster has sufficiently dried and before drying has proceeded to a damaging point, cure the plaster by gradually filling the pool with water, preventing all damage to finished plaster surfaces.
2. Flow the water continuously until the pool is filled.
3. When the weather is hot and/or water pressure is low, keep the pool walls damp while the pool is filling.
4. Coordinate with Contractor to ensure that the pool is continuously monitored while filling to prevent overfill.
3.05 EQUIPMENT ACTIVATION
A. All water chemistry and filtration mechanical equipment shall be operational upon filling of pool after plaster. Chemicals and other related support items as supplied by Contractor, shall be in supply at start-up.
B. For the first fourteen (14) calendar days after completion of the pool plaster, brush all plastered surfaces at least twice a day and coordinate with General Contractor to ensure that the plaster is carefully maintained after the initial fourteen-day period. In addition, coordinate with the Contractor to ensure that pool filtration equipment is continuously running during the initial fourteen-day period.
C. Start-up and provide qualified personnel to operate pool equipment for a period not less than fourteen (14) days after the pool is placed in operation, or until the Owner takes occupancy of LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Plaster 13 11 05 - 5
the facility or letter of substantial completion. During this time, Contractor shall instruct and supervise the Owner's personnel in the various operating and maintenance techniques in- volved. Contractor shall be responsible for supply of chemicals during this not less than fourteen (14) day period and at time of turnover to Owner, chemical storage tanks shall be full. (Owner's personnel shall be fully trained and capable of assuming swimming pool maintenance tasks, training may begin before Owner takes occupancy).
3.06 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of swimming pool plaster, remove all materials, equipment and debris occasioned by this Work and leave the job site in a clean and presentable condition. Perform all such clean-up to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.
3.07 WARRANTY
A. All applicators must provide a minimum of five (5) year warranty for application and workmanship additional to the manufacturer’s warranty for product.
END OF SECTION 13 11 05
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Equipment 13 11 06 - 1
SECTION 13 11 06
SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01WORK INCLUDED
A. Swimming pool equipment items required for this Work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:
1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.
2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified.
3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.
B. All equipment supplied or work performed shall comply with regulations governing public swimming pools and spas as contained within Chapter 31 of California Building Code, 2022 edition.
1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00.
B. Required submittals include:
1. Swimming Pool Safety Equipment and Maintenance Equipment as specified in Article 2.01 and 2.02 of this Section.
2. Swimming Pool Fittings, Deck and Mechanical Equipment as specified in Article 2.03-2.18 of this Section.
C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.A of this Section.
D. The equipment shown on the plans represent the first listed items in the technical specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for all required field coordination and installation of any approved equal product to provide a fully working and warranted system.
The Contractor shall submit detailed shop drawings for any products used other than the first listed specified items. Contractor provided shop drawings shall include details and quality equal to the original plans and construction documents. The Contractor shall provide any and all required engineering including but not limited to structural and anchorage requirements for any proposed equipment other than the first listed specified equipment. The Contractor is responsible to provide a factory certified representative(s) to start-up and provide on-site training for all swimming pool mechanical equipment provided.
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool equipment items before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work specified in other Sections.
B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SAFETY EQUIPMENT
A. First Aid Kit for 50 Persons with two (2) wool blankets: Marine Rescue or approved equal.
Quantity as required by the Department of Health, one (1) minimum.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Equipment 13 11 06 - 2
B. Rescue Tubes (minimum 49” long) and Life Ring Buoy (minimum 24” in diameter) U.S. Coast Guard Approved: Marine Rescue or approved equal. Quantity as required by the Department of Health, two (2) minimum.
C. Throw Rope (3/16” diameter) complete with lemon foot, for use with Life Ring Buoy: Kiefer, United Industries, or approved equal. Quantity as required by the Department of Health, two (2) minimum.
D. Rescue Hooks, 16’ long x 1-1/2” aluminum pole and stainless-steel mounting hardware: Kiefer, Pentair, or approved equal. Quantity as required by the Department of Health, two (2) minimum.
E. Spine Board: C.J. Penton Aquatics long board with “L” bracket head immobilizer with foam pads and Velcro strap, 4 Velcro body straps, or equal. One (1) required F. Pool Safety Signs: As required by the Department of Health. Submittal required. Placement at the pool site shall be in conformance with Health Department Inspector. One (1) set minimum.
G. Eyewash / Shower: Haws model #8300-8309WC CRP combination eyewash / shower, with corrosion resistant protection. Provide adjacent hose bib in each chemical room. Two (2) required. See MEP sheets for water supply piping.
2.02 MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT
A. Commercial Pool Vacuum: Provide pool vacuum cart with lid-mounted handle, separate lid- mounted bracket for electrical cord, and two rubber-tired ball bearing wheels with grease fittings. Cart and filter shall be fabricated from schedule 304 stainless steel with welds treated and passified. Provide an all-bronze pump with a 1 1/2 hp, 115/230 volt, maximum 20 amp draw @ 120 volts, single phase motor and a 6" bronze trap. Pump shall be UL and NSF listed, have 2" suction and 1 1/2" discharge fittings, and have a brass priming valve with hose bib.
Entire pump assembly shall be anchored to vacuum cart with two stainless steel bolts. Provide a 100 foot 10 AWG 3/C SJ electrical cord with ground fault interrupter (GFI) plus. Cord shall be wired to a double pole, 30-amp switch which shall be mounted on pump motor. One (1) required.
B. Heavy Duty Vacuum Hose: 2" x 50', with hose connector. Pentair, Smooth Bore or approved equal. Two (2) required.
C. Utility Pole: 24' fiberglass with connectors. Pentair, Skimlite or approved equal. Two (2) required.
D. Commercial Vacuum Head: 24" wide "flexible" vacuum head. Pentair Model #R201186, or approved equal. One (1) required.
E. Pool Wall Brush: 36" wide professional quality. Pentair or approved equal. One (1) required.
F. Leaf Skimmer: 30" x 8" x 12", professional quality. Pentair, Spectrum or approved equal. One (1) required.
G. Water Quality Test Kit, Professional Grade, Palin Test Photometer Pool Test 6 or approved equal. One (1) required.
H. Pool Robotic Pool Cleaner: The automatic pool cleaner shall be Maytronics Dolphin Wave #200XL Pool Cleaner. One (1) required. Capable of operation via 120V, 220V in 50/60 Hz incoming power. Utilize 20, 70, 105, 250 and 1,000 or 2,000 micron filter screens – all constructed of mesh.
1. Warranty: The cleaner shall carry a two-year warranty against all defects in material and workmanship, from date of product start-up, including all components in the system not including wearable items.
2. To be provided with transporter cart.
2.03 FITTINGS
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Equipment 13 11 06 - 3
A. Main Drain Frame & Grate (18” x 36”): ‘Daldorado’ DALMAX-SG-183628 with VGB Compliant Grates, or approved equal, two (2) required. Provide two (2) Hayward #SP-1056 1-1/2" collector tubes and two (2) #SP-1055 Hayward 1-1/2" hydrostatic relief valve, one per main drain sump. Contractor shall provide to the Owner a Certificate of Compliance, signed by a licensed design professional, for main drain sump(s) and frame(s) and grate(s), as required by the Virginia Graeme Baker Act.
B. Gutter Outlet Frame and Grate (12”x12”): Lawson Aquatics #MLD-FGD-1212. Twelve (12) required.
C. Floor Return Inlet 1-1/2” Adjustable: StaRite #08417-0000, United Industries, or approved equal. Fifty-four (54) required.
D. Swimming Pool Underwater Lights: ‘Pentair’ Intellibrite 5G white LED underwater lights 12V, 55 watt, 500 watt equivalent with stainless steel face rings, adjustable pool lense. Pentair or approved equal. Stainless steel niches, Pentair #78210600 with 1” hubs, or approved equal.
Thirty-Six (36) required.
E. Junction Box for Underwater Lights, complete with strain reliefs: Hydrel #1719, Appleton, or approved equal. Thirteen (13) required.
F. Underwater Light Transformers: Intermatic PX3003 300 watt, 120V transformer with 12V out, built-in circuit protection and ss enclosure, twelve (12) required.
2.04 DECK EQUIPMENT
A. Starting Platform Anchors: Spectrum Aquatics Dual Post Anchor #24070, 6” deep, no known equal. Thirteen (13) required, for concrete deck, provide complete with two (2) anchor caps and removal key, two (2) required.
B. Adjustable Starting Platforms: Spectrum Aquatics Xcellerator, sidestep #133171. Thirteen (13) required. Contractor to coordinate anchor setback with existing Alga Norte starting block anchors.
C. Stanchion Sockets: 1.90" I.D. Bronze. KDI-Paragon 38201TC. Thirty-two (32) required. KDI Paragon, SR Smith, or Spectrum.
D. Stanchion Posts: 1.90" O.D. x .145 wall. KDI-Paragon, Ten (10) #38105, and Ten (10) #38301. KDI Paragon, SR Smith or Spectrum.
E. Lane Line Anchors: Heavy eye bolt with insert. KDI-Paragon #73017/18. Forty-eight (48) required. Spectrum #58316 stainless steel cup anchor. Four (4) required. KDI Paragon, SR Smith or Spectrum.
F. Racing Lanes: Antiwave Forerunner 4.75” racing lane, verify colors with Owner prior to ordering. Fifteen (15) required. Provide vinyl covered stainless steel lane line extensions, Knorr System model #EP-009-0020 or approved equal, two (2) per lane line. Provide floating water polo goal tethers, eight (8) total. Provide two (2) additional lanes to be utilized with floating water polo goals as side lanes and four (4) lanes utilized for stationary water polo courses.
Antiwave, Competitor, Malmstrem or equal.
G. Racing Lane Reel with Cover: KDI-Paragon #75111SS with cover #75133. Five (5) required.
KDI Paragon, SR Smith or Spectrum.
H. Moveable Lifeguard Chair: 1.90" O.D. x .065 wall. KDI-Paragon 20302, Spectrum 20160 or equal. Two (2) required.
I. Figure 4 Grab Rails: KDI-Paragon #30102, 1.90" O.D. x .109" wall. Two (2) sets required. KDI Paragon, SR Smith or Spectrum.
J. Recessed Steps, Set of 3: KDI-Paragon #3212, KDI Paragon, SR Smith or Spectrum. Two (2) sets of three required.
K. Cross Braced Ladders: ‘Paragon’ #42123, with custom 5” wide stair treads. KDI Paragon, SR Smith or Spectrum. Two (2) required.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Equipment 13 11 06 - 4
L. Handrail: KDI Paragon #34203, 3 bend, 1.90" O.D. x 0.65" wall. Seven (7) required. KDI Paragon, SR Smith or Spectrum
M. Anchor Sockets for Grab Rails, Handrails and Ladders: KDI-Paragon 28102. Twenty-six (26) required. KDI Paragon, SR Smith or Spectrum
N. Stainless Steel Escutcheon Plates for Grab Rails, Handrails and Ladders: Spectrum Model #35214.Twenty-six (26) required. KDI Paragon, SR Smith or Spectrum.
O. Stationary Water Polo Goals: KDI-Paragon 36104, 36201, no known equal. Furnish complete with anchors and nets. Two (2) pair required.
P. Floating Water Polo Goals: ‘Antiwave’ Odyssey Anti Pro Goal 750 #AW0550. One (1) pair complete with nets and tethers. Antiwave, Malmstrem or equal.
Q. Accessible Lift: ‘Aqua Creek’ Mighty Lift 400 #MTY400 with 400 lb. lifting capacity. Furnish complete with Scout Mighty #F-808SA-10, 10” deep anchor, lift cover, extra battery pack and transporter cart. One (1) required.
R. Backstroke Pennants: ‘Champion’ 3/16” diameter vinyl coated cable #50-175; ‘Champion’ hardware package #53-030, and ‘Champion’ 12” x 18” vinyl coated polyester pennants #53-020 Lincoln Equipment, Knorr Systems or equal.
S. Pool Cover System:
1. A pool cover system as described below shall be provided and shall include all the specified features, without exception. Submittal data must include complete documentation relating to all the specified features and include manufacturer's sales literature, specification sheets, and installation/operation/maintenance manuals. Upon written request by the specifying agent, the following samples must be provided: samples of tubing used for storage reel winding tubes and end frames; a sample winding tube bearing; a sample castor wheel assembly; and a cover sample measuring at least 8" x 11", including weighted side edge, reinforced end edge, and grommet.
2. Cover Material:
a. Material shall be woven, 10 by 10 count per inch, high-density polyethylene, ultraviolet stabilized film fabric, laminated to both sides of 1/8" thick, closed cell, medium density, white, polyethylene foam. The woven polyethylene film fabric shall be coated on both sides with an ultraviolet stabilized, chemically resistant polyethylene coating. The combination of film, foam and woven components shall be non-toxic, non-absorbent, non-permeable and buoyant. Color shall be blue on upper surface and black on under surface. In addition to the above, cover must meet the following requirements:
Thickness 1/8 inch minus or plus 10%
Foam Density 2 lbs. per cubic foot
Weight 5 oz. per square foot
*Tensile Strength 318 lbs. (ASTM 1682264)
*Tear Strength 60 lbs. (ASTM D2261-71)
*Bursting Strength: (Mullen Tester) 425 psi (ASTM 751-73) Service Temperature -40°F to +160°F
K Factor .25 BTU/sq. ft.-Hr – degrees F/inch (ASTM D2326) Reinforced Edge Tear Strength 1225 lbs. pull strength, corner to corner Open Seam Tear Strength 70 lbs.
3. Cover Design Criteria:
a. Cover panels shall totally cover the surface of the pool without gaps or overlaps with reinforced cutouts to accommodate rounded corners, step areas, rails, etc. Cover panels shall be of the following quantities and sizes:
Qty. Size
7 14 feet, 4 ½ inch x 75 feet, 1 inch
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Equipment 13 11 06 - 5
1 12 feet, 6 inch x 75 feet, 1 inch with stair cut outs b. Along end and side edges of each panel, a weighted material shall be sewn in and shall be continuous, non-corrosive and conform to the flat shape of the cover. End edges shall be reinforced with a double layer of polyethylene-coated film fabric and designed in such a manner as to prevent panels from dividing when the covers are being pulled across the water. On all corners, weighted edge shall wrap corners and be itself encapsulated by the two layers of end reinforcement. The entire corner construction shall be reinforced with a 1/8" thick load dispersion plate and non- corrosive grommet.
c. Both ends of each cover panel shall be equipped with no less than three (3) non- corrosive grommets and quick-release loops for easy connection to the storage reel or to the next cover panel. All sewing shall be ultra-violet stabilized and chemically resistant 100% polyester thread. Main body seams shall be welded, glued or heat sealed. Complete mechanical attachment with lock-stitched thread shall be required.
Warning labels consistent with the recommendations of the Federal Consumer Protection Agency shall be permanently affixed to each end of each cover panel and to the sides of perimeter panels.
4. Storage Reels:
a. The following quantity, type, and size of storage reels shall be provided:
Qty. Winding Tubes Per Reel Length of Winding Tubes
2 3 16 Foot
1 2 16 Foot
b. Storage reel frame, winding tubes, castors, brake shafts, cranks and fasteners shall be made of type 304 stainless steel. Each reel shall have six wheels, each of which shall be 6 inches in diameter, be rated at 1150 pounds load capacity and be made of solid polyurethane. Wheels shall be lubricateable through grease fittings on stainless steel axle shafts and have stainless steel swivel yoke assemblies. The reel shall have two frame mounted, screw-type brakes with pads that lock directly to the pool deck and have a total of 18 square inches of total braking surface. Castor brakes or other types of foot-operated or lever-operated brakes will not be considered equal.
Each winding tube shall be 4 1/2 inches in diameter; have a wall thickness of .120 inches; and shall consist of continuous length of tubing without joints or welds. Reels with tubes fabricated from two or more pieces of tubing joined together will not be acceptable. End frames shall be fabricated from 1 1/2 inch square Schedule 304 stainless steel box beam tubing with .120" wall thickness. To facilitate field repair, 3/8" stainless steel bolts, nuts and washers shall be used to connect major reel frame parts, wheels, brakes, bearings and winding tubes. Reels that use welding to connect these components will not be considered equal. Winding tube bearings shall be heavy duty, self-aligning, pillow block ball bearings with set screws to secure tube shafts and prevent their lateral movement. All bearings shall be lubricateable through grease fittings. Plastic surface bearings will not be acceptable. c. Each storage reel shall be provided with a protective cover constructed of vinyl- laminated polyester cloth, 1000 denier, totaling 13 ounces per square yard.
5. Measuring and Training:
a. A representative of the manufacturer shall visit pool site to confirm measurements prior to fabrication of cover, and once cover is delivered, train operating personnel and supervise initial installation of cover.
6. Warranty:
a. Cover panels shall be provided with manufacturer's three- year full replacement warranty covering defects in material and workmanship. Storage reel shall be provided with manufacturer's 10-year warranty covering defects in material and workmanship.
2.05 SWIMMING POOL STRAINER
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Equipment 13 11 06 - 6
A. ‘Mer-Made’ stainless steel reducing basket strainer: one (1) 12” x 10” standard, with acrylic lid and two (2) stainless steel strainers each. Mer-Made, Fluidrol or equal.
2.06 SWIMMING POOL CIRCULATION PUMP
A. ‘Paco’ #80123-1; 8” x 10” x 12” Type ‘LC’ end suction centrifugal pump; 12.05 ø impeller, 1,187 RPM, 480V, 3PH; 40 HP; rated at 1,450 GPM @ 60 Ft. TDH; 86.32% efficient; premium efficiency TEFC motor; epoxy coat all wet surfaces. ‘Paco’, ‘Aurora’ or equal. Provide smart pump control system variable speed drive model #SPCS040EF4 system 21” x 49” x 17” deep.
Coordinate mounting location to maintain desired clearances, 460V 3PH.
2.07 SWIMMING POOL FILTERS
A. ‘EKO’ Gen 2 #42210-1206-T-5 fully automatic high-rate permanent media filter with 105 sq. ft. of filter area rated at 1575 GPM at 15 GPM/sq. ft. Complete with 12” face piping, 6” backwash, AFM filtration media (per manufacturer’s recommendations), seismic anchorage. Provide utilities, piping, valving, etc. (7400 lbs. each tank) ‘EKO3 Gen 2’ or equal. Provide Signet MK- 515 paddle wheel flowmeter with digital readout.
2.08 SWIMMING POOL HEATER(S)
A. Indirect fired pool heating package system; ‘Aquas’ Crest SmartTouch control condensing modulating boiler, titanium heat exchanger with CPVC connections, factory assembled skid mounted package, California code controls, 1 ½” natural gas connection, 3” water connections, and 8” diameter vent size, PVC vented; 1,999,000 BTU per hour input, 97% efficient. Provide ¾” cold water connection with condensate neutralization kit. ‘Lochinvar APO2000N”, weight = 3,397 lbs. each. Two (2) total.
2.09 CHLORINE FEED SYSTEM
A. Provide one (1) ‘Chem-Tainer’ 500 Gallon #TC5971DC; dual storage/containment tank with lid seismically restrained; (4,165 lbs.). Complies with Fed. Reg. #40CFR-264-163. Feed pump shall be ‘Sure Water Technologies’ ‘The Solution’, 1728 GPD max. 1/2 HP pump, ‘Berkeley’ @SS1XN, 115/230V, 1 PH motor, TEFC, complete with piping, valving and mounting. One (1) total.
2.10 ACID STORAGE/FEED SYSTEM
A. Provide ‘Chem-Tainer’ 350 Gallon #TC5256DC; dual storage/containment tank with lid seismically restrained; (2,915 lbs.). Complies with Fed. Reg. #40CFR-264-163. Provide 60- gallon acid vapor recovery system. One (1) total. Feed pump shall be ‘Stenner’ 85M5 85 GPD at 15 PSI with FRP shelf brackets.
2.11 CARBON DIOXIDE STORAGE/FEED SYSTEM
A. Provide one (1) NOVO-600, 600 lb. cryogenic liquid CO2 storage tank with remote fill port. 594 liquid lbs. (5,195 cubic feet of gaseous CO2 at NTP), one (1) total. Provide ‘Becsys 4-30’ flow control unit with flow adjustments from 0-200 SCFH with pressure regulator and gauges for up to 850 PSI nominal cylinder pressure and 40 PSI output to CO2 feed unit fed from storage tanks. One (1) system total (92 lbs.) Provide hard wired ‘Analox’ API kit CO2 detector with audible and visual alarms in each chemical room, UL 1971 standard listed. One (1) total.
2.12 SWIMMING POOL WATER CHEMISTRY CONTROLLER
A. Provided ethernet connection to ‘BecSys’ CS-BESYS7 water chemistry controller with PPM module. Provide complete system controller. Provide complete system control package without sensor wash. ‘Becsys System 7’, ‘Impact’, ‘Wallace & Tiernan’ or approved equal wit h the following options: Flow rate, influent/effluent pressure, acid/chlorine tank water levels, backwash control, TDS, PPM control.
2.13 PUMP PIT
A. 8’-0” x 14’-0” x 5’-0” deep with 2” ø galv. steel pipe guardrail. Provide floor drain to waste.
Provide waterproofing per section 13 11 05. Access ladder to be ‘Fibergrate’ Dynarail FRP access ladder. Color to be gray.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Equipment 13 11 06 - 7
2.14 BACKWASH PIT
A. 4’-6” x 8’-0” x 8’-0” deep with 6” ø P-trap outlet to sewer. Provide waterproofing per section 13 11 05. Coordinate with structural and plumbing plans.
2.15 FILL SYSTEM
A. 3” ‘Cla-Val’ fill system to include 2” ‘Cla-Val’ solenoid control vale #136-01BY, 2” duct iron, epoxy coated body with cast iron disc retainer and diaphragm washer, bronze trim, flanged globe pattern, 120V at 60 hz. Solenoid wiring shall be wired to water chemistry controller.
Provide 6” air gap at fill point.
2.16 EYEWASH / SHOWER
A. Haws model #8300-8309CRP barrier free combination shower and eye/face wash with corrosion resistant protection. See MEP sheet for supply piping. Two (2) total.
2.17 SUMP PUMP
A. Hydromatic ‘SW’ series, 1/3 HP, 115V, 10 AMP, with float switch and 2” pipe and check valve into backwash tank. One (1) total.
2.18 SWIMMING POOL ULTRAVIOLET TREATMENT SYSTEM
A. ‘Evoqua’ wafer UV model WF-225-8-N, validated at 1540 GPM, 8” flanged connection in-line UV with two (2) lamps @ 2500 watts, 208V, 1PH. Control unit: 208V 1PH, 20” x 20” x 10” deep. (121 lbs.) Provide piping bypass, valving, ETS EZ strainer and installation and piping per manufacturer’s recommendations. One (1) system total.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:
1. Prior to installing the items of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that the swimming pool equipment items may be installed in strict accordance with original design, pertinent codes and regulations, and the manufacturers' recommendations.
B. Discrepancies:
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative’s Representative.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies are fully resolved.
3. Failure to notify the Owner’s Representative’s Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Installer of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive its Work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Supply and install items of swimming pool equipment in strict accordance with applicable codes and regulations, the original design, and the manufacturer's published recommendations, anchoring firmly and securely for long life under hard use.
B. Coordinate with other trades to insure all imbedded items are set plumb and flush. Railing ends must have anchor sockets and escutcheon plates. Be certain that deck equipment and railings are properly bonded prior to imbedding.
C. All equipment shall be braced and/or anchored to resist a horizontal force acting in any direction using the criteria shown on the Drawings.
3.03 INSTRUCTION
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Equipment 13 11 06 - 8
A. The Contractor shall provide a factory certified representative(s) to start-up and certify proper installation, operation and full warranty status of all swimming pool mechanical equipment. The Contractor shall provide not less than two 8-hour days of on-site training for facility staff in the operation and maintenance of the swimming pool mechanical equipment and systems. The two 8-hour days shall be separated by a minimum of seven calendar days and be completed within the 14-day start-up period.
3.04 EQUIPMENT ACTIVATION
A. All water chemistry and filtration mechanical equipment shall be operational upon filling of pool after plaster. Chemicals and other related support items as supplied by Contractor, shall be in supply at start-up.
B. For the first fourteen (14) calendar days after completion of the pool plaster, brush all plastered surfaces at least twice a day and coordinate with General Contractor to ensure that the plaster is carefully maintained after the initial fourteen day period. In addition, coordinate with the Contractor to ensure that pool filtration equipment is continuously running during the initial fourteen day period.
C. Start-up and provide qualified personnel to operate pool equipment for a period not less than fourteen (14) days after the pool is placed in operation, or until the Owner takes occupancy of the facility or letter of substantial completion. During this time, Contractor shall instruct and supervise the Owner's personnel in the various operating and maintenance techniques in- volved. Contractor shall be responsible for supply of chemicals during this not less than fourteen (14) day period and at time of turnover to Owner, chemical storage tanks shall be full. (Owner's personnel shall be fully trained and capable of assuming swimming pool maintenance tasks, training may begin before Owner takes occupancy).
3.05 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of swimming pool equipment, remove all debris, materials and equipment occasioned by this Work to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.
END OF SECTION 13 11 06
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Mechanical 13 11 07 - 1
SECTION 13 11 07
SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01WORK INCLUDED
A. Swimming pool mechanical piping as indicated on the Drawings for circulation and filtration systems, pool water heating systems, chemical control systems, booster pump systems and appurtenances.
B. Domestic water system from points of connection within swimming pool mechanical equipment room to make-up water system.
C. Filter backwash piping to point of connection with backwash retention pit as required.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:
1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.
2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified.
3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.
B. Standards:
1. All equipment supplied or work performed shall comply with Chapter 31B of California Building Code, 2022 edition.
2. Work shall be performed in accordance with the applicable editions of all National, State and local codes, laws, regulations and ordinances, including the following:
a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
b. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM).
c. American Waterworks Association (AWWA).
d. American Welding Society (AWS).
3. Do not construe anything in the Drawings or Specifications to permit Work not conforming to these requirements.
1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00.
B. Required submittals include:
1. Pipe and Fittings as specified in Article 2.02 of this Section.
2. Valves as specified in Article 2.03 of this Section.
3. Pressure / Vacuum Gauges as specified in Article 2.04 of this Section.
4. Pipe Hangers and Supports as specified in Article 2.05 of this Section.
5. Sleeves and Waterstops as specified in Article 2.06 of this Section.
C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.03.A of this Section.
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver all materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer’s original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.
B. Storage: Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project site.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Mechanical 13 11 07 - 2
C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool mechanical items before, during and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.
D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner’s Representative and at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Cooperate with entities performing Work specified in other Sections to so that no conflict of new construction or occupied space may occur. Should any installation Work be done without such craft coordination, that Work so installed shall be removed and re-installed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCT QUALITY
A. Materials and equipment shall be new, of the best quality for the purpose intended, and shall be clearly marked with the manufacturer's name and nameplate data or stamp and rating. As far as practicable, materials and equipment shall be of one manufacturer.
2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. PVC Schedule 40: Type 1, normal impact, NSF approved for solvent welding applications, ASTM Specification D-1785, color shall be white. Dura, Lasco, or approved equal.
B. PVC Schedule 80: Type 1, normal impact, NSF approved for solvent welding applications, ASTM Specification D-1785, color shall be gray. Dura, Lasco, or approved equal.
C. CPVC Schedule 80 Influent/Effluent Piping: Type 1, normal impact, NSF approved for solvent welding applications, ASTM Specification D-1785, color shall be gray. Dura, Lasco, or approved equal.
D. PVC DR25: Conforming to ASTM D-1784, use with epoxy coated bell and spigot-type fittings or epoxy coated mechanical joint by flange adapters with epoxy coated cast iron fittings as specified in Article 2.02 (F), below. Johns-Manville "Big Blue", Diamond Plastics, or approved equal.
E. Copper Tubing: ASTM Specification B-88, hard drawn, with ANSI Standard B16.22 wrot copper fittings.
F. Steel: ASTM Specification A-120, Schedule 40 black or galvanized pipe with ASTM A-47 150 lb. banded malleable iron threaded fittings.
G. Cast Iron: ASTM Specification B16.1, cast iron flanged fittings, provide epoxy coating as required for use with chlorinated water.
2.03 VALVES
A. Ball Valves:
1. For pool system: True-Union design, PTFE seat material with FPM or FKM Double O-ring stem seals, locking handle, NSF certified. PVC schedule 80 body for below grade installation. PVC Schedule 80 body for above grade installation. Furnish ball valves on all pipe diameters 2½” or less with a rating of at least 200psi at 73°F. Asahi, Ipex, or Nibco.
2. For copper pipe system: 3-piece full-port Bronze body valve with Teflon seat, ‘Apollo’, ‘Nibco’ or approved equal.
B. Butterfly Valves:
1. Epoxy coated cast or ductile iron body, 316 stainless steel disc and stem, viton seat material, furnish hand wheel/gear operators on all valves 8" and larger. DeZurick, Keystone, Ipex or equal.
2. PVC body, PVC disc and EPDM construction suitable for chlorinated water applications.
Stem shall be of 316 stainless steel and non-wetted. Valves shall be self-gasketed design with a convex sealing arrangement. Valves 1-1/2” – 10” shall be rated to 150 psi and 12” valves shall be rated to 100 psi at 70°F. Asahi Pool-Pro, no known equal.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Mechanical 13 11 07 - 3
C. Check Valves: Wafer-type, epoxy coated cast or ductile iron body, 316 stainless steel plates and shaft, viton seat material. Centerline, Metraflex, or approved equal.
D. Surge Chamber Float Valve: EPD #2-0020-230 Float Control Valve, 10" line size, as manufactured by Environmental Products Division of Doughboy Recreational, Rancho Cucamonga, CA, no known equal.
E. Surge Chamber Isolation Valve: Butterfly valve, tapped lug style, bronze body, stainless steel stem, bronze disc, phenolic back-up ring, EPT seat material. Provide stainless steel shaft extension, shaft housing and tool operator located 2’-0” above floor level with deck access grate as required. DeZurick, Keystone, Asahi, Spears, or Ipex or approved equal.
F. RP Backflow Preventer: Febco #835-B for 2" and smaller; #825 for 2-1/2" and larger. Febco, Watts, or approved equal.
G.Make-up Water Control: 3” ‘Cla-Val’ fill system to include 3” ‘Cla-Val’ solenoid control valve #136-01BY, 3” ductile iron, epoxy coated body with cast iron disc retainer and diaphragm washer, bronze trim, flanged globe pattern, 120V at 60 Hz. Solenoid wiring shall be wired to water chemistry controller. Provide 6” air gap at fill point.
2.04 PRESSURE / VACUUM GAUGES
A. Furnish and install pressure and vacuum gauges on the discharge and suction sides of all pumps. 2” or 2 ½” dial, bottom connection, chrome ring, shut-off cock and snubber. Ranges shall be selected to indicate between mid-point and two-thirds of maximum range under design conditions. Marsh, Trerice, or approved equal.
2.05 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. General:
1. The requirements of this Section relates to various requirements of the Agreement, General and Supplementary Conditions, Specifications, Drawings, and modifying documents which are part of the Construction Contract. Responsibility for coordination of all such applicable requirements will be that of the Contractor.
B. Description:
1. This section provides guidelines and limitations for the support of all mechanical, electrical, plumbing or architectural items from the building structure, and for the seismic bracing of such items.
2. Design and install all support and bracing systems as required for the swimming pool systems. Provide for attachment to portions of the building structure capable of bearing the loads imposed. Design these systems to not overstress the building structure.
C. Quality Assurance:
1. Install all support systems to comply with the requirements of the California Building Code, Chapter 16A.
2. For the seismic bracing of mechanical, electrical and plumbing system, refer to OPM #0043-13.
D. Submittals:
1. Submit shop drawings for all substructures and attachment methods.
2. Submit proposed alternative methods of attachment for review and approval by the Architects, prior to deviating from the requirements given below.
E. Materials:
1. Use Mason West, Unistrut, Kin-Line, Grinnel, or approved equal.
2. Support all pipelines individually with hangers, each branch having at least one hanger.
Lateral brace as noted and required.
3. Support piping near floor with steel stanchions welded to end plates secured to pipe and floor.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Mechanical 13 11 07 - 4
4. Support vertical piping at each floor level. Install coupling in piping at each support.
Coupling shall rest on and transmit load to support. Isolate copper from steel supports with vinyl electrician's tape around pipe and coupling.
5. Use Stoneman "Trisolator," Unistrut, or approved equal, isolators at each hanger and other support points on bare copper tubing system.
6. For PVC pipe, space hangers four (4) feet apart for pipe sizes 1" and under, five (5) feet apart for pipe sizes 1-1/4" to 2", and six (6) feet apart for pipe sizes over 2". Space hangers for horizontal pipes at a maximum of six (6) feet for copper 2" and smaller and for steel 1-1/4" and smaller; ten (10) feet for copper 2-1/2" and larger and for steel 1-1/2" and larger.
7. Size hanger rods, screws, bolts, nuts, etc., according to manufacturer's sizing charts.
8. Trapeze hangers may be used for parallel lines.
9. Use galvanized or stainless steel finished hangers, attachments, rods, nuts, bolts, and other accessories in pool mechanical room, high humidity areas, or where exposed to weather. Hot dip galvanize all items which are not factory furnished. All hot dipped galvanized items that are cut within the field shall be zinc coated. Zinc coating submittal shall be provided for review. Plating for hinged movements must be done at the factory.
10. Lateral Bracing: To prevent swaying of the piping systems, provide angle iron bracing and anchor into wall or overhead framing. Piping shall be braced or anchored in such a way as to resist a horizontal force of 50% of its operating weight in any direction.
11. Do not use wire or other makeshift devices for hangers.
12. Furnish all substructures and fasteners required to comply with the limitations given below. Use material as specified in the various sections and as appropriate to their use.
F. Guidelines & Limitations:
1. Each Contractor will coordinate the load requirements from all subcontractors so that no combination of loads overstresses the building structure or exceed the limitations given below.
2. Concrete Structure:
a. Support all loads hung from concrete structure with cast-in-place inserts, unless drilled-in anchors are specifically approved in writing prior to placing the concrete. b. Concrete anchors must not penetrate into reinforcing bars. Where the anchors boring indicates the presence of reinforcing bar, patch hole with an epoxy type grout and relocate anchor 12 diameters away.
c. Individual expansion anchors cannot support any loads greater than 300 pounds or manufacturer’s specified load capacity without approval.
3. Steel Structure:
a. Hang no more than 20 pounds per metal deck rib in any span. b. At beams, hang all beam loads greater than 40 pounds concentric to beam, not off the flanges.
c. Attached no loads to the beams or girders greater than the following without specific approval from the architect;
1) Roof beams and girders: 300 pound point load or 600 pound total load for a single span.
G. Seismic Bracing:
1. Design and install seismic bracing to not ground out vibration and sound isolation systems.
2. All items of mechanical and electrical equipment 60” or more in height are to be seismically braced whether such bracing is shown or not.
2.06 SLEEVES AND WATERSTOPS
A. Provide sleeves where work of this Section passes through fire rated partitions, floors and ceilings, concrete slabs or exterior of structure. Caulk clearance space using sealant appropriate for application in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations and Title 24 LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Mechanical 13 11 07 - 5
of California Code of Regulations. 3m, Dow Corning, or approved equal. In lieu of sleeves and caulking, "Link Seal" products may be used.
B. Provide prefabricated waterstops as indicated on the Drawings at all pipe penetrations through structures containing stored water (i.e., swimming pools, balance/surge tanks, etc.) to insure leak-proof seals.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:
1. Prior to Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that items of this Section may be installed in accordance with the original design and referenced standards.
B. Discrepancies:
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.
3. Failure to notify the Owner’s Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive his work.
3.02 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
A. Abbreviations and symbols on the Drawings are those most commonly used. Obtain clarification from the Owner’s Representative on any questionable items before bid.
3.03 GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS
A. Size any section of pipe for which size is not indicated or any intermediate section erroneously shown undersized the same size as the largest pipe connecting to it. Sizes listed are nominal.
B. Cut pipe accurately to job measurements and install without springing or forcing, true to line and grade, generally square with building and/or structures and adequately supported to prevent undue stress on pipe, fittings and accessories.
C. Make changes of direction with manufactured fittings. Street ells, bushings, reducing flanges, close nipples or bending of pipe is not allowed.
D. Use great care to install piping in accordance with best practice. Plastic pipe shall be “snaked” in trenches to allow for thermal expansion.
E. All above grade, below grade and buried or imbedded PVC shall be installed using solvent weld fittings. Also, each and every fitting and pipe end shall be prepared with solvent primer.
Fittings shall be joined individually and with enough time between assembly of adjacent joints to allow them to seal solidly. After joining, an even ring of primer must be visible around the entire fitting. If any fittings are installed without visible primer, the fitting shall be removed and discarded and piping recut, rechamfered and joint made up again using a new fitting. All procedures, methods and techniques used to make up solvent weld joints shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
F. Arrange pipe and hangers to allow for expansion, contraction and structural settlement. No pipe shall contact structure except penetrations as shown on the Drawings.
G. Provide dielectric connections between copper and dissimilar metals. In copper systems, threaded piping Including connections to equipment shall be brass pipe and fittings. Install dielectric connections in vertical sections of piping only.
H. Run pipe full size through shut-off valves, balancing valves, etc. Change pipe size within three (3) pipe diameters of final connection to control valves, fixtures and other equipment.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Mechanical 13 11 07 - 6
I. Provide unions or flanges at connections to equipment, on service side of valves and elsewhere as required to facilitate ease of maintenance.
J. Locate equipment shut-off valves as close to equipment as possible maintaining easy valve access.
K. Make all connections between domestic water systems and equipment or face piping with approved backflow prevention devices as required.
L. All PVC pipe exposed to direct sunlight shall be painted with two coats of Exterior Acrylic Semi- gloss Paint, Sherwin Williams or equal. Color to be selected by the Architect. Prior to painting the PVC pipes, the exterior of all PVC pipes shall be wiped with Methyl Ethyl Ketone, or an approved equal, to remove the glaze from the pipes.
M. The Main Drain pipe must run either level or uphill from the main drain sump, through the surge pit (if applicable) and then to the circulation pump.
3.04 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. Excavation:
1. Excavate and backfill trenches as required for the Work of this Section. Conform to requirements of Section 13 11 01.
2. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of whatever materials encountered, to the depths indicated on the Drawings or as necessary. The Contractor shall dispose of the excavated materials not required or suitable for backfill as directed, and shall perform such grading as may be necessary to prevent surface water from flowing into the trenches. The Contractor shall provide adequate equipment for the removal of storm or subsurface waters, which may accumulate in the excavated areas.
B. Trenching:
1. Excavate trenches to lines and grades as indicated on the Drawings and with banks as nearly vertical as practicable.
2. Bottoms of trenches shall be accurately graded to provide uniform bearing on undisturbed soil for the entire length of each section of pipe.
3. The width of the trench at and below the top of the pipe shall be such that the clear space between the barrel of the pipe and the trench wall shall not exceed 8” on either side of the pipe. The width of trench above the top of pipe may be wider if necessary.
4. Over-depth excavations shall be filled with tamped sand to required grades.
5. Excavations of five (5) feet or more in depth shall be shored or supported in conformance with rules, and regulations of State and Federal Governments. Shoring shall be constructed, maintained and removed in a manner to prevent caving of the excavation walls or other load on the pipe.
C. Backfilling:
1. Material for backfilling of pipes shall be approved granular material less than two (2) inches in diameter obtained from the excavation. No material of a perishable, spongy or otherwise unsuitable nature shall be used as backfill.
2. Backfilling of pipe trenches shall commence immediately after installation and testing to preclude damage to the installed pipe. Backfill around pipe shall be carefully placed so as not to displace or damage the pipe, and shall be carried up symmetrically on each side of the pipe to one foot above the top of the pipe. The material shall be carefully compacted or consolidated before additional backfill is placed.
3. Backfill above an elevation of one foot above the top of pipe in conformance with requirements of Section 13 11 01. Material for balance of backfill shall be approved granular material less than six (6) inches in diameter taken from the excavation.
4. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, all pipe shall have a minimum of eighteen (18) inches of cover.
3.05 GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Mechanical 13 11 07 - 7
A. Position equipment to result in good appearance and easy access to all components for maintenance and repairs.
B. Install piping, flues, breeching and ducts so that they do not interfere with equipment access.
C. Install level, secure and out of moisture. Provide shims, anchors, support straps, angles, grouted bases, or other items as required to accomplish proper installation.
D. All screws, nuts, bolts and washers shall be galvanized, cadmium plated or stainless steel.
After fabrication, hot-dip galvanize unfinished ferrous items for outdoor, below grade or other use subject to moisture.
E. Extend 1/2” Schedule 40 black steel pipe lubrication tubes from all hard to reach locations to front of equipment or to access points. Terminate with proper type of lubrication fitting.
3.06 VALVES AND STRAINERS
A. If no shut-off is indicated, provide ball valves at inlet connections and balance valves at outlet connections to fixtures and equipment. Provide proper valve trim for service intended.
B. Use no solder end valves unless noted otherwise; provide adapters in copper tubing systems.
C. Locate valves with stems above horizontal plane of pipe. In general, locate valves within six (6) feet of floor, out from under equipment, in accessible locations with adequate clearance around hand wheels or levers for easy operation.
D. Provide all valves, cocks and strainers, full pipe size unless indicated otherwise.
E. Provide hand wheel operators on all valves 6” and larger, under 6” lever operators may be used.
F. Provide tool operated valve with stainless steel shaft extension and 'on deck' tool operation for surge chamber butterfly isolation valve.
3.07 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING
A. Identify each valve by a numbered brass tag with hole and brass chain mounted on valve stem or handle. Tag to be a minimum of 1” in diameter and numbers at least 1/4” high stamped into tag. Valves and plumbing lines shall be labeled clearly with the source or destination descriptions.
B. Install an identification chart in a plastic or glass framed enclosure, which schematically illustrates the proper operation of all piping systems and indicates number and location of all valves and control devices within the system.
C. The direction of flow for the recirculation equipment shall be labeled clearly with directional symbols such as arrows on all piping in the equipment area. Where the recirculation equipment for more than one pool is located on site, the equipment shall be marked as to which pool the equipment serves.
3.08 TESTS
A. Perform tests in presence of Owner’s Representative with no pressure loss or noticeable leaks.
B. Do not include valves and equipment in tests. Include connection to previously tested sections if systems are tested in sections.
C. Perform tests as follows:
System Test
Pressure
Test
Medium
Duration
Skimmer Lines and Lawson Main Drain Sump
Lines
20psig Water* 4 hours
Pool Piping 50 psig Water* 4 hours
Pool Main Drains 30 psig Water* 4 hours
Domestic Water 150 psig Water* 4 hours
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Mechanical 13 11 07 - 8
*Never test PVC pipe or fittings with air or other gases, always use water.
3.09 PIPE MATERIAL APPLICATION
A. PVC Schedule 40: Below grade swimming pool piping and domestic water piping up to 12” line size; use standard solvent weld fittings.
B. PVC Schedule 80: Above grade swimming pool piping up to 12” line size; use solvent weld Schedule 80 or epoxy coated cast iron fittings.
C. Type L Hard Copper: Above grade domestic water piping.
D. CPVC Schedule 80; Pool Heater Piping.
E. Schedule 40 Steel: Natural gas piping.
3.10 CUTTING AND DRILLING
A. Cutting or drilling necessary for installation of Work of this Section shall be done only with approval of Owner’s Representative.
3.11 CLOSING-IN OF UNINSPECTED WORK
A. Do not cover or enclose Work before testing and inspection. Re-open Work prematurely closed and restore all Work damaged.
3.12 QUIETNESS
A. Quietness is a requirement. Eliminate noise, other than that caused by specified equipment operating at optimum conditions, as directed by Owner’s Representative.
3.13 FLUSHING OF LINES
A. Flush or blow out pipes free from foreign substances before installing valves, stops or making final connections. Clean piping systems of dirt and dust prior to initial start-up.
B. Just prior to plastering the pool, under the observations of the IOR, the pool mechanical system shall be flushed using the pool circulation pump. Circulate water through the mechanical system until the effluent water from the pool return heads runs clean.
3.14 CLEAN-UP
A. After all Work has been tested and approved, the Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall thoroughly clean all parts of the equipment installations, including all pool pipe and fittings in the pool mechanical room. Exposed parts shall be cleaned of cement, plaster and other materials and all grease and oil spots removed with solvent.
B. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall remove debris from the Project site. Cartons, boxes, packing crates and excess materials not used, occasioned by this work shall be disposed of to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative.
C. If the above requirements of clean up are not performed to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative, the Owner reserves the right to order the work done, the cost of which shall be borne by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor.
END OF SECTION 13 11 07
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Electrical 13 11 08 - 1
SECTION 13 11 08
SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide labor, materials and equipment as required to install the swimming pool electrical system including but not limited to:
1. A complete and operable system of service equipment, switchboards, panelboards, conduits, switches, time clocks and wiring for power and lighting, motor control centers.
2. Junction and/or pull boxes, conduits, disconnects, starters, contactors, wiring and connection of all motors and mechanical equipment, including connection and wiring of line voltage controls associated with the mechanical systems.
3. Swimming pool underwater lighting systems.
4. Swimming pool timing system.
5. Complete grounding system as required and shown on the Drawings.
6. Complete equipotential bonding system as required and shown on the Drawings.
7. Adjusting and preliminary operation of the completed electrical system as described in Article 3.06, A of this Section.
8. Cleaning of all completed Work and installation adjustment of all trim and decorative items.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:
1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.
2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified.
3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.
B. Ordinances and Codes: Materials and construction shall conform with all applicable code requirements, including:
1. National Electrical Code, latest edition; Electrical Safety Orders of the State of California; Department of Industrial Relations; regulations of the State Fire Marshal; rules and regulations of the Board of Underwriters of the Pacific, UL 50, 50E and NEMA 250 rating.
2. Chapter 31 of California Building Code, latest edition.
C. Verification of Conditions:
1. The locations shown on the Drawings are diagrammatic only and the exact finish location of equipment and materials cannot be indicated. Therefore, locations of all Work and equipment shall be verified to avoid interferences, preserve head room and keep openings and passageways clear. Changes shall be made in locations of equipment and materials which may be necessary to accomplish these purposes.
D. Preliminary Operations and Testing:
1. Motor driven equipment shall be tested for correct rotation and completion of all connec- tions.
1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 013300.
B. Required submittals include:
1. Conduit and Fittings as specified in Article 2.02 of this Section.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Electrical 13 11 08 - 2
2. Panelboards as specified in Article 2.06 of this Section.
3. Circuit Breakers as specified in Article 2.07 of this Section.
4. Motor Starters as specified in Article 2.10 and 2.11 of this Section.
5. Fuses as specified in Article 2.13 of this Section.
6. Time Clocks as specified in Article 2.14 of this Section.
7. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters as specified in Article 2.15 of this Section.
8. NEC required corrosion resistant enclosures, cabinets and boxes as specified in Article
2.08, 2.11, 2.16 & 218 of this Section
C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.A of this Section.
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver all materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer’s original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.
B. Storage: Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project site.
C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool electrical materials before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Materials shall be new, in unbroken packages and bear the U.L. label of approval.
B. Equipment of one type shall be by same manufacturer. One type of equipment for classifications such as:
1. Switchboards, panels, buss duct, disconnect switches and allied items.
2. Conduit.
3. Wire.
4. Conduit fittings.
5. Fixtures of the same general type.
6. Wiring devices.
2.02 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. Conduit within or under buildings or where exposed outdoors shall be rigid metal threaded, hot dipped, galvanized, or U.L. approved plastic except where noted otherwise on the Drawings.
Metallic conduit shall be of the same metal between outlets or terminals.
B. Use flexible metallic conduit only for short connections of motors and where specifically called for on Drawings. Maximum length shall be 40". Use only liquid tight flexible metal conduit.
Install an unbroken #12 AWG insulated copper grounding conductor in each liquid tight flexible conduit with permanent connection at motor junction box and service panel ground.
C. Protect, before installation, metallic conduit runs in all slabs laid on grade or in contact with the earth or exposed in damp locations, with two (2) heavy coats of asphaltum rust-resisting compound.
D. Encase conduits 2-1/2" or larger run underground, outside, or under buildings, in concrete envelopes a minimum of 3" thick, except as indicated otherwise on Drawings or stubouts.
Conduits 2 and smaller laid 18" below finish surface in soil.
E. Low voltage runs underground outside buildings, 1-1/4" or smaller, may be G.I. or sherardized steel conduit, with machine applied wrapping equal to double wrap or Scotch-Wrap #50 tape, half lapped and quadrupled at joints in lieu of concrete encasement.
F. Service conduits through foundations or concrete members shall run through metal sleeves with adequate clearances for full movement of the conduit. Do not run conduits through footings.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Electrical 13 11 08 - 3
G. Secure conduits run exposed on surfaces with one-hole heavy-duty straps or fasten with matching fittings to inserts or trapezes, parallel to building walls and ceilings.
H. Cap all conduit or duct stub-outs with standard factory caps; except cap threaded steel conduit with B.I. water pipe caps in outdoor locations.
I. Use conduit fittings as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds Company, Appleton Electric Co., or approved equal.
J. Employ U.L. liquid tight fittings for use with liquid tight flexible metal conduit.
K. Use unions as manufactured by Appleton, O-Z/Gedney, or approved equal. The use of running threads will not be permitted.
L. Exposed conduit and fittings in chemical rooms shall be nonmetallic rigid polyvinyl chloride, corrosion resistant rated suitable for installation in corrosive environments and in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.
2.03 EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING / GROUNDING
A. Bond together and ground to a common ground at a single point all metallic conduit, piping systems, pool reinforcing steel, metal parts of ladders, lifeguard stands, handrails and their supports and the like. The solid copper bonding conductor shall not be smaller than #8 copper.
2.04 WIRING CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections without strain on conductors, allowing the conductors to take a natural position after connections or taps are made. Include all strand of wire in making the connection.
B. Make connections for wiring by one of the following means:
1. Make all taps or connections to conductors with compression type connectors except those smaller than #8 B&S gauge may have soldered connections. Solderless connections for #10 AWG or smaller may be used and shall be "Scotchlok", Buchanan, or approved equal. For #8 AWG or larger, they shall be T&B "LockTite", Burndy "Versitaps", or approved equal.
2. All cable or conductor terminal lugs shall be Burndy "Quicklug", Ilsco, or approved equal.
Two-piece stamped lugs and solder lugs will not be approved.
3. Paint taped splices in damp or outdoor locations with two (2) coats of insulating paint.
4. Tag all branch circuit wires with circuit number at the panelboard and at each point of use with linen or plastic tags.
2.05 CONDUCTORS
A. Copper RHW or THW. Do not make splices between boxes.
2.06 COLOR CODING
A. Neutrals (identified conductors shall be white).
B. Phase conductors shall be red for phase B; blue for phase C.
C. Green shall be used for mechanical equipment and receptacle grounds only.
2.07 MOTOR WIRING
A. Make final connections to motors with the required AWG (Minimum #12), Flamenol machine tool wire, 19 strand. Control wiring for equipment shall be Flamenol machine tool wire, 19 strand of required AWG. Provide corrosion resistant junction boxes at each item of equipment to change from standard building wiring to machine tool wire.
B. Phase motors as proper in direction of rotation.
2.08 PANELBOARDS
A. Panelboards shall be flush or surface mounting as indicated with circuit breakers as shown on panel schedule, hinged lockable doors, index card holders and proper bussing.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Electrical 13 11 08 - 4
B. Where indicated on the drawings, panelboards shall be furnished with subfeed breakers and/or lugs, split bussing, contractors, time switches, relays, etc., as required.
C. All panelboards shall be keyed alike.
D. All panelboard enclosures shall be corrosion resistant rated in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.
E. Furnish corrosion resistant panelboard enclosures and terminal cabinets with Yale 46515 flush locks and LL806 keys except where indicated otherwise herein. Fasten the trim to panel boards and terminal cabinet by means of concealed, bolted or screwed fasteners accessible only when the door is open.
F. Panelboards 208/120 volt, three phase, 4 wire, S/N or 120/240 volt, single phase, 3 wire, S/N.
Panelboard types as manufactured by:
Westinghouse Type B10B
General Electric Type NLAB
Square D Type NQOB
G. Panelboards for 480/277 volt, three panes, 4 wire, S/N.
Panelboard types as manufactured by:
Westinghouse Type Pow-R-Line 2
General Electric Type AE
Square D Type NEHB
Sylvania Type NH1B
I.T.E. Type Approved Equal
H. Panelboard for bussing sizes thru 400 amp shall be 20" wide surface mounted type. Recess mounted type shall have a 20" wide (maximum) recess metal enclosure with trim plate cover extending 1" on all sides of enclosure. Depth shall be 5-3/4" nominal. Height of panel as required for devices.
I. Provide 6" additional gutter space in all panels where double lugs are required, or where cable size exceeds bus size. Minimum bottom gutter space shall be 6" high. 12" additional gutter space may be required for aluminum feeders where used.
J. Panelboards shown on the drawings with relays, time clocks or other control devices shall have a separate metal barriered compartment mounted above panel with separate hinged locking door to match panelboard. Provide mounting sub-base in cabinet for control devices and wiring terminal strips.
1. Panelboard shall have a circuit index card holder removable type, with clear plastic cover.
Index card shall have numbers imprinted to match circuit breaker numbers.
2.09 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Breakers shall have a minimum short circuit interrupting rating of 10,000A symmetrical for panelboard voltage thru 240 volt and 14000A for panelboards thru 600 volts or as specified on the drawings. In no case shall the interrupting rating be less than the bus withstand rating unless noted otherwise on the drawings.
B. Circuit breakers as manufactured by the following companies only are acceptable:
1. General Electric Company
2. Square D Company
3. Westinghouse Company
4. I.T.E. Company
C. Circuit breakers shall be arranged in the panels so that the breakers of the proper trip settings and numbers correspond to the numbering in the panel schedules on the drawings. Circuit numbers of breakers shall be black-on-white micarta tabs or other previously approved method.
Circuit number tabs which can readily be changed from front of panel will not be accepted.
Circuit number tabs shall not be attached to or be a part of the breaker.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Electrical 13 11 08 - 5
D. Where two or three pole breakers occur in the panels, they shall be common trip units. Single pole breakers with tie-bar between handles will not be accepted.
E. All circuit breakers shall be padlockable in the "off" position. Locking facilities shall be riveted or mechanically attached to the circuit breaker (submit sample for approval). Other means of attachment shall not be accepted without prior written approval of Architect.
F. Where branch circuit breakers supply the power to motors and signal systems, the breakers shall be furnished with lockout clips, mounted in the "on" position. The breakers shall be able to trip automatically with lockout clips in place.
G. Panelboard circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type.
2.10 BUSSING
A. Bussing shall be rectangular cross section copper, or full length silver or tin-plated aluminum.
B. Bussing shall be braces to withstand symmetrical short circuit ratings as follows or as noted on drawings. In no case shall bus short circuit bracing be less than specified circuit breakers.
C. Each panelboard shall be equipped with a ground bus secured to the interior of the enclosure.
The bus shall have a separate lug for each ground conductor. No more than one conductor shall be installed per lug.
2.11 POOL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES, TERMINAL CABINETS & MISC CABINETS A. All pool mechanical equipment enclosures, terminal cabinets and miscellaneous cabinets in the pool mechanical room or chemical storage rooms shall be corrosion resistant rated in accordance with the latest NEC requirements. Enclosures and all cabinets shall be flush mounted (except where noted a surface) of the size indicated on the drawings, and complete with hinged lockable doors and the number of 2-way screw terminals required for termination of all conductors. Terminal cabinet locks to operated form same key used for panelboards. The trim to terminal cabinets shall be fastened by means of concealed bolted or screwed fasteners accessible behind door to terminal cabinets. Terminal cabinets shall have 5/8" plywood backing.
B. Provide engraved nameplate on each enclosure and cabinet indicating its designation and system (i.e., Swimming Pool - Panel ‘SP’).
2.12 MOTOR CONTROL INDIVIDUAL STARTERS
A. Manual Motor Starters:
1. Provide flush or surface mounting manual motor starters with number of poles and size of thermal overload heaters as required for the motor being controlled (equipped with overload heaters, one for each motor lead). Back boxes shall be supplied with all flush mounting starters whether they are toggle type requiring only a 4" square outlet box or the larger type requiring a special box and cover designed to accept the particular unit. All box types shall be corrosion resistant rated in accordance with the latest NEC requirements
2. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, all manual starters for single phase motors, smaller than 1 h.p., shall be the compact toggle type. Manual starters for all single phase motors, 1 to 5 h.p., and all three phase motors up to 5 h.p. shall be the heavy duty type.
3. Where manual motor starter is shown with pilot light, the pilot light shall be installed in a separate outlet box adjacent to the starter outlet, and engraved nameplate in indicate function of pilot light.
4. The following motor starters as manufactured by:
Manufacturer Single Phase
1HP and Below
Others
Arrow Hart Type RL Type LL
General Electric CR 101 Class CR 1062
I.T.E. Class C10, C11 or C12 Class C20
Square D Company Class 2510, Type A Class 2510, Type B & C Westinghouse Type MS Type A100
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Electrical 13 11 08 - 6
Allen Bradley Approved Equal Approved Equal.
B. Individual Magnetic Motor Starters:
1. Magnetic motor starters shall be A.C. line voltage, across-the-line units in corrosion resistant rated enclosure in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.
2. All starters located outside of a building whether or not indicated shall be W.P. (weatherproof), and all starters noted W.P. shall be furnished in corrosion resistant rated enclosure in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.
3. Starter shall be horsepower rated for the motor controlled, and shall be equipped with properly sized overload elements. Every pole shall be with overload element.
4. Verify the exact motor current and voltage characteristics with the Contractor supplying the motor before installation of a starter.
5. Each starter shall be equipped with "Hand-Off-Auto" switch or stop-start pushbutton as required.
6. Coils shall be designed to operate on voltage indicated on control diagrams and have built-in-under the voltage release for coil circuit to drop motor starter off the line when the line voltage drops below normal operating voltage.
7. The coil control circuit shall be independently fused, sized to protect coil.
8. Starters to be equipped with running pilot light indication with a "Push-to-Test" feature.
9. Magnetic starters shall have a minimum of two auxiliary contacts. Additional auxiliary contacts shall be provided as required to comply with the requirements of the wiring diagrams on the electrical and mechanical drawings and the description of the function in the Mechanical Section of the Specifications.
10. Minimum starter size shall be NEMA size I unless indicated otherwise.
11. The following types of magnetic motor starters as manufactured by:
Manufacturer Type
General Electric Class CR 106
I.T.E. Class A20
Square D Company Class 8536
Westinghouse Type A200 (Size 4 Max.) or
Class II-200 (Sizes 5-8)
2.13 INDIVIDUAL COMBINATION MOTOR STARTERS
A. Combination starter shall incorporate fused disconnect switch and individual magnetic motor starter in a common enclosure. Combination starters shall be mounted in corrosion resistant rated enclosure in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.
B. Starters shall comply with NEMA standards, size and horsepower as indicated on drawings General Electric, Square D, Westinghouse or I.T.E.
C. The disconnect handle used on combination starters shall control the disconnect device with the door opened or closed. The disconnect handle shall be clearly marked as to whether the disconnect device is "ON" or "OFF", and shall include a two-color handle grip, the black side visible in the "OFF" position indicating a safe condition, and the red side visible in the "ON" position indicating an unsafe or danger condition.
D. All starters used in combination starters shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest published NEMA standards, sizes, and horsepower ratings. These starters shall be furnished with three melting alloy type thermal overload relays.
E. Thermal units shall be of one-piece construction and interchangeable. The starter shall be inoperative if a thermal unit is removed.
2.14 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER, INTERLOCKS AND CONTROL DEVICES A. Refer to mechanical and plumbing drawings and specifications and provide all control devices including timeswitches, relays and interconnection of starters of required.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Electrical 13 11 08 - 7
B. Mount all relays and timeswitches in a separate compartment in motor control center unless otherwise indicated.
C. Whether shown on mechanical and plumbing drawings or control center schedules or not, where motors are controlled by external devices (i.e., thermostats, relays, float or pressure switches, etc.) or interlocked with other motors, each motor starter to be equipped with a "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch in starter cover. Other starters equipped with a "Start'Stop" pushbutton station in starter cover. The Contractor shall be responsible to submit a complete and detailed set of shop drawings, electrical schematic design along with electrical component cut sheets from the MCC panel or the interlock control device manufacturer. RSD Total Control:
Allan Pearson 949-380-7878, South Coast Controls: Anthony Ellis 714-998-5656 or approved equal.
2.15 FUSES
A. Fuses shall be dual element, current limiting type, U.L. Class RK5 unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Provide one spare set of fuses of each size and type in each motor control center.
2.16 TIME CLOCKS
A. Time clocks shall be provided for all underwater lighting systems and swimming pool circulation pumps not controlled by filter microprocessors.
B. Contacts shall have a minimum rating of 40 amperes at 277V.
C. Timing motor shall be heavy duty synchronous, self starting, high torque type, and shall be rated at 120, 208, 240, 277 volt 60 Hz.
D. Motor shall operate normally at temperature range of -60 degrees Fahrenheit to +120 degrees Fahrenheit.
E. Dial shall be 3" diameter, clearly calibrated with day/night zones and 24 hour rotation, with gear to provide one revolution yearly which automatically varies the on/off settings each day according to seasonal changes. Day and month of the year shall show clearly through calendar window on the dial.
F. Time clocks shall be equipped with 7-spoke omitting wheel marked with days of the week.
G. Time clocks shall be housed in a corrosion resistant rated enclosure in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.
H. Acceptable manufacturers are Intermatic, Tork, Paragon, or approved equal.
2.17 GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS
A. Minimum rating shall be 20 amperes, 125V, 5 milliampere trip setting, Class A per UL943.
B. Manufacturer to be Crouse-Hinds, Leviton, or approved equal.
2.18 BOXES
A. Boxes shall be of the size required by ordinances or larger, must be corrosion resistant in accordance with the latest NEC requirements and of pressed galvanized code gauge steel where concealed or exposed on ceilings. Exposed boxes on walls below 7'6" shall be cast steel similar to "FA" condulets.
B. Outlets to be surface where wiring is exposed and flush in areas where conduit is concealed.
C. Provide surface outlets with proper corrosion resistant surface covers. Box and cover shall be deep enough to provide at least 1/4" clearance between back of device and back of box.
Where box contains more than one device, use corrosion resistant rated gang box with proper cover in accordance with the latest NEC requirements. Surface outlet boxes shall be of the threaded hub type wherever below 8'0".
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Electrical 13 11 08 - 8
D. If necessary for cable installation, additional pull boxes or junction boxes may be installed in accessible locations. Exposed pull boxes and junction boxes shall be corrosion resistant rated in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.
E. Provide exposed junction boxes with proper flat blank galvanized cover. If necessary for cable installation, additional pull boxes or junction boxes may be installed in accessible locations.
F. Where exposed to weather pull boxes larger than outlet boxes are required, galvanized code gauge sheet steel boxes may be used with covers attached by brass machine screws. Boxes exposed to the weather shall be approved for the purpose, and conduit entrances shall be on the bottom made by means of an interchangeable hub with gasket and adapter nut. Pull boxes not shown on Drawings may be added only after approval of size and location is obtained.
G. For outlets exposed to weather or where noted, cast outlet boxes shall be Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, or approved equal. Boxes shall have proper number and size hubs. Device plates, covers, adapters and boxes shall be as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, or approved equal.
H. Exposed junction boxes, outlet boxes and pull boxes for pool chemical rooms shall be nonmetallic suitable for a corrosive environment and in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.
2.19 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS
A. Plainly mark all motor and electrical appliance control equipment indicating the equipment controlled with engraved metal tags.
B. Provide laminated plastic nameplates on panelboards on the outside of the door at the top indicating panel designation and feeder source.
C. Provide laminated plastic nameplates on distribution switchboards and motor control centers at the top center indicating panel designation and feeder source.
D. Identify each distribution switchboard and motor control center circuit breaker with a laminated plastic nameplate indicating its' use.
E. Type panelboard directories on the forms provided with the equipment, indicating the use of each branch circuit breaker.
F. Fasten all laminated plastic nameplates to surfaces with two (2) or more screws.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Verify conditions at the Project site before submitting bid. Be responsible for providing all necessary wiring for the new electrical systems. Wherever wiring is being disrupted due to remodeling or changes, reconnect existing and provide new wiring circuits to accomplish a fully operable system at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.02 COORDINATION
A. The Drawings are essentially diagrammatic and indicate the desired location, size, routes, connection points, etc., and are to be followed as closely as possible. Proper judgment must be exercised in executing the Work so as to provide the best possible installation in the available space and to overcome difficulties, limitations or interference wherever encountered.
Be responsible for the correct placement of this Work, the proper location and connection in relation to Work of other trades, for determining the exact location of all conduits, outlets and equipment, and for installing the conduits in such a manner as to conform to the structure, avoid obstruction, preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear. Particular attention is directed to the close coordination required on exposed Work. Locations shown on Architectural or Mechanical Drawings if different than those shown on Electrical Drawings should be communicated to the Owner’s Representative in writing for clarification.
3.03 INSTALLATION
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Electrical 13 11 08 - 9
A. Trenching and Backfill: Conform with requirements of Section 13 11 01. Provide minimum cover as required by Code.
B. Conduit Installation:
1. Conduit and metallic raceway systems shall be mechanically and electrically continuous from sources of current to all outlets in a manner to provide a continuous grounding path.
Close ends of conduit during construction to prevent entrance of dirt or moisture.
2. Securely fasten conduit to the building construction within three feet of each outlet and within every ten feet thereafter. Secure it to boxes, cabinets, pull boxes, terminals with two locknuts and ends equipped with bushings or a terminal fitting. Cut square with ends carefully reamed.
3. Make bends or elbows so that the conduit will not be injured or flattened.
4. Use insulated metallic bushings in all places where bushings are required.
5. Run exposed conduits level or plumb and parallel to the construction members of the building. No cutting across or diagonal runs will be permitted. Neatly surmount structural obstructions encountered on conduit runs by the use of fittings or pull boxes.
6. Identify feeder conduits by stamped metal tags secured to exposed section of conduit in main or sub-panels.
7. Make up all threaded conduit joints gas and watertight with conductive sealer except conduit above ground in dry indoor locations.
8. Rigidly support all boxes independently of the conduit system.
C. Connections to Equipment:
1. Fully connect, in an approved manner, all electrical outlets, apparatus, motors, equipment, fixtures, wiring devices and appliances whether they are installed under the Electrical Contract or not, which require electrical connections, to the corresponding electrical system outlet.
2. Where the Work of this Section requires connections to be made to equipment that is furnished and set-in-place under other Sections, obtain such roughing-in dimensions from the manufacturer or supplier of each item as required and assume full responsibility for the installation of the connections thereto.
3.04 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEAN-UP
A. Preliminary Operation: Should the Owner’s Representative deem it necessary to operate the electrical installation or any part thereof prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, consent to such preliminary operation and supervise conduction of same. Subcontractor shall pay all costs occasioned by such operation. Preliminary operation shall not be construed as an acceptance of any Work installed under this Contract.
B. Clean-up: Upon completion of the Work of this Section, immediately remove all swimming pool electrical materials, debris and rubbish occasioned by this Work to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.
END OF SECTION 13 11 08
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Solar Heating 13 11 63 - 1
SECTION 13 11 63
SWIMMING POOL SOLAR HEATING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install swimming pool solar heating systems as indicated on the Drawings including, but not limited to: solar panels, solar panel connection hardware, solar panel mounting / installation hardware, digital solar control system, and all appurtenances.
B. Furnish and install solar supply and return piping from points of connection with solar panels to competition pool surge tank, as well as piping from surge tank to solar booster pump.
C. Furnish and install solar booster pump, booster pump strainer, and related piping, valves, and fittings as required.
D. Furnish and install conduit and control wiring from digital solar control systems to solar sensor, pool water temperature sensor, and motor started for solar booster pump as required.
E. Furnish and install conduit and conductors as required to provide power to digital solar control system.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All Work of this Section shall be performed or supervised by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor.
B. Qualifications of Workers:
1. The contractor / subcontractor for this portion of the Work shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of this work and shall demonstrate to the approval of the Owner’s Representative that his record of workmanship is satisfactory.
2. For actual construction operations, use only thoroughly trained and experienced workers completely familiar with the materials and methods specified.
3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the Work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and the requirements of this Work, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.
C. Standards:
1. All equipment supplied or work performed shall comply with regulations governing public swimming pools and spas.
2. Work shall be performed in accordance with the applicable editions of all National, State and local codes, laws, regulations and ordinances, including the following:
a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
b. American Society for testing Materials (ASTM).
c. American Waterworks Association (AWWA).
d. American Welding Society (AWS).
e. National Electrical Code (NEC).
3. Do not construe anything in the Drawings or Specifications to permit Work not conforming to these requirements.
1.04 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in accordance with requirements of Section 01 33 00.
B. Include in the submittal package a shop drawing at 1/8” showing the SOLAR PLAN with panel layout including but not limited to panels, pipes, equipment, anchor clamps, and elevation of LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Solar Heating 13 11 63 - 2
key components above roof level. Also include supply/return pipes suspended from panel support structures.
C. Coordinate all solar piping routes in field with other trades to ensure that a positive solar panel drain slope is maintained. Water seal all penetrations and support all piping as required on slab and below grade. The solar contractor shall submit complete engineered plans including hydraulic calculations, solar booster pump head calculations, solar array attachment to support structure and anchorage calculations and details for the entire solar system for review by architect prior to construction.
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver all materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer’s original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.
B. Storage: Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project site.
C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool mechanical items before, during and after installation and to protect the installed Work of all other trades.
D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner’s Representative and at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Cooperate with other trades in coordinating their respective Work, so that no conflict of new construction or occupied space may occur. Should any installation Work be done without such craft coordination, that Work so installed shall be removed and reinstalled.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer [and installer] shall [jointly] warrant the solar collectors and components with a full five (5) Year Parts and Labor Warranty on all of the swimming pool solar heating system components. All solar collectors and components shall be guaranteed to be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service. During the warranty period, should a solar collector or component exhibit a defect, the part will be repaired or replaced without charge for parts or labor to the owner. Solar collectors, piping, and piping components shall also be warranted against internal freezing and deflection due to overheating.
1. The warranty may exclude damage due to willful vandalism and acts of God.
2. The warranty may exclude Owner’s failure to maintain and use the swimming pool solar heating system in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, provided the manufacturer has provided documented training and Operations and Maintenance Manuals to the Owner’s personnel regarding the proper use of and the recommended maintenance procedures and schedules for the swimming pool solar heating system.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCT QUALITY
A. Materials and equipment shall be new, of the best quality for the purpose intended, and shall be clearly marked with the manufacturer’s name and nameplate data or stamp and rating. As far as practicable, materials and equipment shall be of one manufacturer.
2.02 SOLAR PANELS
A. Provide solar panels in quantities indicated on the Drawings, with 4’ x 10’-6” panels UMA ‘EKO- SPARK, (COLOR –BLACK) or approved equal. Glazed collector and individual interior tubes #SLES-40. UMA Solar (760) 747-6527. As far as practicable, materials and equipment shall be of one manufacturer unless otherwise noted.
2.03 SOLAR BOOSTER PUMP
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Solar Heating 13 11 63 - 3
A. ‘Jandy’ JCP073ATS: 7.5 HP, 208V 3PH, rated at 390 GPM at 60 ft. TDH, with integral strainer.
One (1) total with AcuDrive VFD #ED075X-2303-N4X tied to solar control system.
2.04 DIGITAL SOLAR CONTROL SYSTEM
A. Automatic heating controller ‘Delta Sol MXSolar’ by Solarnetix tied to solar booster pump and water temperature sensors per manufacturer’s installing requirements, 120V, one (1) total.
2.05 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. CPVC Schedule 40: Type 1, normal impact, NSF approved for solvent welding applications, ASTM Specification F-441, color shall be white. Dura, Lasco, or approved equal.
B. CPVC Schedule 80: Type 1, normal impact, NSF approved for solvent welding applications, ASTM Specification F-441, color shall be gray. Dura, Lasco, or approved equal.
2.06 SOLAR PIPING INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. General: All interior solar piping, fittings and accessories shall be insulated.
1. Pipe: Apply pre-molded fiberglass sections to pipe using integral pressure sealing lap adhesive in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Stagger longitudinal joints.
Seal butt joints with factory supplied pressure sealing tape.
2. Fittings and Valves:
a. Wrap all fittings and valves with pre-cut fiberglass blanket to thickness matching adjoining insulation. Cover blanket with PVC jacket in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Solvent weld. Seal all joints with factory supplied pressure sealing vapor barrier tape with 1-1/2” (min.) overlap on both sides of joint.
Insulate valves to stem. Do not insulate unions, flanges or valves unless water temperature exceeds 140°F.
b. For miscellaneous fittings and accessories for which PVC jackets are not available or where proximity of fittings precludes a neat-appearing installation, the Contractor may cover the fiberglass blanket with stretchable glass fabric, one coat of lagging adhesive and a final coat of vapor barrier coating. All exposed ends of insulation shall be adequately sealed.
2.07 VALVES
A. Gate Valve: Epoxy coated cast or ductile iron body, 316 stainless steel gate and stem, viton seat material. DeZurick, Keystone, or approved equal.
B. Butterfly Valves: Epoxy coated cast or ductile iron body, 316 stainless steel disc and stem, viton seat material, furnish hand wheel/gear operators on all valves 6” and larger.
DeZurick, Keystone, or approved equal.
C. Check Valves: Wafer-type, epoxy coated cast or ductile iron body, 316 stainless steel plates and shaft, viton seat material. Centerline, Metraflex, or approved equal.
D. Ball Vales: 2” and smaller, bronze body valve, ‘Apollo’, ‘Nibco’ or equal with Teflon seats and full port.
2.08 PRESSURE / VACUUM GAUGES
A. Furnish and install pressure and vacuum gauges on the discharge and suction sides of solar booster pump. 4-1/2” dial, bottom connection, chrome ring and shut-off cock. Ranges shall be selected to indicate between mid-point and two-thirds of maximum range under design conditions. Marsh, Trerice, or approved equal.
2.09 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. General:
1. Use Kin-Line, Grinnel, or approved equal.
2. Support all pipe line individually with hangers, each branch having at least one hanger.
Lateral brace as noted and required.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Solar Heating 13 11 63 - 4
3. Supported piping near floor with steel stanchions welded to end plates secured to pipe and floor.
4. Support vertical piping at top and bottom of structure. Install coupling in piping at each support. Coupling shall rest on and transmit load to support. Isolate copper from steel supports with vinyl electrician’s tape around pipe and coupling.
5. Use Stoneman “Trisolator,” Unistrut, or approved equal, isolators at each hanger and other support points on bare copper tubing system.
6. For CPVC pipe, space hangers four (4) feet apart for pipe sizes 1” and under, five (5) feet apart for pipe sizes 1-1/4” to 2”, and six (6) feet apart for pipe sizes over 2”. Space hangers for horizontal pipes at a maximum of six (6) feet for copper 2” and smaller and for steel 1-1/4” and smaller; ten (10) feet for copper 2-1/2” and larger and for steel 1-1/2” and larger.
7. Size hanger rods, screws, bolts, nuts, etc., according to manufacturer’s sizing charts.
8. Trapeze hangers may be used for parallel lines.
9. Use galvanized or cadmium plated hangers, attachments, rods, nuts, bolts, and other accessories in pool mechanical room, high humidity areas, or where exposed to weather.
Hot dip galvanize all items which are not factory furnished. Plating for hinged movements must be done at the factory.
10. Lateral Bracing: To prevent swaying of the piping systems, provide angle iron bracing and anchor into wall or overhead framing. Piping shall be braced or anchored in such a way as to resist a horizontal force of 50% of its operating weight in any direction.
11. Do not wire or other makeshift devices for hangers.
2.10 SLEEVES AND WATERSTOPS
A. Provide sleeves where work of this Section passes through fire rated partitions, floors and ceilings, concrete slabs or exterior of structure. Caulk clearance space using sealant appropriate for applications in conformance with manufacturer’s recommendations and Title 24 of California Code of Regulations. 3m, Dow Corning, or approved equal. In lieu of sleeves and caulking, “Link Seal” products may be used.
B. Provide prefabricated waterstops at all pipe penetrations through structures (i.e., surge tank, pump pit, Roof Monitors etc.) to insure leak-proof seals.
2.11 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. Conduit within or under buildings or where exposed outdoors shall be rigid threaded, hot dipped, galvanized, or U.L. approved plastic except where noted otherwise on the Drawings.
Metallic conduit shall be of the same metal between outlets or terminals B. Use flexible metallic conduit only for short connections of motors and where specifically called for on Drawings. Maximum length shall be 40”. Use only liquid tight flexible metal conduit.
Install an unbroken #12 AWG insulated copper grounding conductor in each liquid tight flexible conduit with permanent connection at motor junction box and service panel ground.
C. Protect, before installation, metallic conduit runs in all slabs laid on grade or in contact with the earth or exposed in damp locations, with two (2) heavy coats of asphaltum rust-resisting compound.
D. Low voltage runs underground outside buildings, 1-1/4” or smaller, may be G.I. or sherardized steel conduit, with machine applied wrapping equal to double wrap or Scotch-Wrap #50 tape, half lapped and quadrupled at joints in lieu of concrete encasement.
E. Service conduits through foundations or concrete members shall run through metal sleeves with adequate clearances for full movement of the conduit. Do not run conduits through footings.
F. Secure conduits run exposed on surfaces with one-hole heavy-duty straps or fasten with matching fittings to inserts or trapezes, parallel to building walls and ceilings.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Solar Heating 13 11 63 - 5
G. Cap all conduit of duct stub-outs with standard factory caps; except cap threaded steel conduit with B.I. water pipe caps in outdoor locations.
H. Use conduit fittings as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds Company, Appleton Electric Co., or approved equal.
I. Employ U.L. liquid tight fittings for use with liquid tight flexible metal conduit.
J. Use unions as manufactured by Appleton, 0-Z/Gedney, or approved equal. The use of running threads will not be permitted.
K. Exposed conduit in chemical rooms shall be rigid NEMA 3R Type suitable for installation in corrosive atmospheres.
2.12 GROUNDING
A. Make connections without strain on conductors, allowing the conductors to take a natural position after connections or taps are made. Include all strand of wire in making the connection.
2.13 WIRING CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections without strain on conductors, allowing the conductors to take a natural position after connections or taps are made. Include all strand of wire I in making the connection.
B. Make connections for wiring by one of the following means:
1. Make all taps or connections to conductors with compression type connectors except those smaller than #8 B&S gauge may have soldered connections. Solderless connections for #10 AWG or smaller may be used and shall be “Scotchlok”, Buchanan, or approved equal. For #8 AWG or larger, they shall be T&B “LockTite”, Burndy “Versitaps”, or approved equal.
2. All cable or conductor terminal lugs shall be Burndy “Quicklug”, Ilsco, or approved equal.
Two piece stamped lugs and solder lugs will not be approved.
3. Paint taped splices in damp or outdoor locations with two (2) coats of insulating paint.
4. Tag all branch circuit wires with circuit number at the panelboard and at each point of use with linen or plastic tags.
2.14 CONDUCTORS
A. Copper RHW or THW. Do not make splices between boxes.
2.15 COLOR CODING
A. Neutrals (identified conductors shall be white).
B. Phase conductors shall be red for phase B; blue for phase C.
C. Green shall be used for mechanical equipment and receptacle grounds only.
2.16 MOTOR WIRING
A. Make final connections to motors with the required AWG (Minimum #12), Flamenol machine tool wire, 19 strand. Control wiring for equipment shall be Flamenol machine tool wire, 19 strand of required AWG. Provide junction boxes at each item of equipment to changes from standard building wiring to machine tool wire.
2.17 MOTOR STARTER
A. Combinations started shall incorporate fused disconnect switch and individual magnetic motor starter in a common enclosure. Combination starters shall be mounted in general purpose enclosures unless otherwise indicated on the plans. Starters shall comply with NEMA standards, size and horsepower as indicated on drawings general Electric, Square D, Westinghouse or I.T.E.
B. The disconnect handle used on combination starters shall control the disconnect device with the door opened or closed. The disconnect handle shall be clearly marked as to whether the LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Solar Heating 13 11 63 - 6
disconnect device is “ON’ or “OFF”, and shall include a two-color handle grip, the black side visible in the “ON” position indicating an unsafe or danger condition.
C. All starters used in combination starters shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest published NEMA standards, sizes, and horsepower ratings. These starters shall be furnished with three melting alloy type thermal overload relays.
D. Thermal units shall be of one-piece construction and interchangeable. The starter shall be inoperative if a thermal unit is removed.
2.18 MOTOR CONTROL INTERLOCKS AND CONTROL DEVICES
A. Refer to mechanical and plumbing drawings and specifications and provide all control devices including timeswitches, relays and interconnection of started of required.
B. Mount all relays and timeswitches in a separate compartment in motor control center unless otherwise indicated.
C. Whether shown on mechanical and plumbing drawings or control center schedules or not, where motors are controlled by external devices (i.e., relays, pressure switches, etc.) or interlocked with other motors, each motor starter to be equipped with a “Hand-Off-Auto” selector switch in starter cover. Other starters equipped with a “Start’Stop” pushbutton station in starter cover.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:
1. Prior to Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of the other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that items of this Section may be installed in accordance with the original design and references standards.
B. Discrepancies:
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.
3. Failure to notify the Owner’s Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive his work.
3.02 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
A. Abbreviations and symbols on the Drawings are those most commonly used. Obtain clarifications from the Owner’s Representative on any questionable items before bid.
3.03 GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS
A. Size any section of pipe for which size is not indicated or any intermediate section erroneously shown undersized the same size as the largest pipe connecting to it. Sizes listed are nominal.
B. Cut pipe accurately to job measurements and install without springing or forcing, true to line and grade, generally square with building and/or structures and adequately supported to prevent undue stress on pipe, fittings and accessories.
C. Make changes of direction with manufactured fittings. Street ells, bushings, reducing flanges, close nipples or bending of pipe is not expansion.
D. Use great care to install piping in accordance with best practice. Plastic pipe shall be “snaked’ in trenches to allow for thermal expansion.
E. All above grade, below grade and buried or imbedded CPVC shall be installed using solvent weld fittings. Also, each and every fitting and pipe end shall be prepared with solvent primer.
Fittings shall be joined individually and with enough time between assembly of adjacent joints LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Solar Heating 13 11 63 - 7
to allow them to seal solidly. After joining, an even ring of primer must be visible around the entire fittings. If any fittings are installed without visible primer, the fitting shall be removed and discarded and piping recut, rechamfered, and joint made up again using a new fitting. All procedures, methods and techniques used to make up solvent weld joints shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
F. Arrange pipe and hangers to allow for expansion, contraction and structural settlement. No pipe shall contact structure except penetrations as shown on the Drawings.
G. Provide dielectric connections between copper and dissimilar metals. In copper systems, threaded piping including connections to equipment shall be brass pipe and fittings. Install dielectric connections in vertical sections of piping only.
H. Run pipe full size through shut-off valves, balancing valves, etc. Change pipe size within three (3) pipe diameters of final connection to control valves, fixtures and other equipment.
I. Provide unions or flanges at connections to equipment, on service side of valves and elsewhere as required to facilitate ease of maintenance.
J. Locate equipment shut-off valves as close to equipment as possible maintaining easy valve access.
K. Make all connections between domestic water systems and equipment or face piping with approved backflow prevention devices as required.
L. All CPVC pipe exposed to direct sunlight shall be painted with two coats of Exterior Acrylic Semi-Gloss Paint, Sherwin Williams or equal. Color to be selected by the Architect. Prior to painting the CPVC pipes, the exterior of all CPVC pipes shall be wiped with Methyl Ethyl Ketone, or an approved equal, to remove the glaze from the pipes.
3.04 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. Excavation:
1. Excavate and backfill trenches as required for the Work of this Section. Conform with requirements of Section 13 11 01.
2. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of whatever materials encountered, to the depths indicated on the Drawings or as necessary. The Contractor shall dispose of the excavated materials not required or suitable for backfill as directed and shall perform such grading as may be necessary to prevent surface water from flowing into the trenches. The Contractor shall provide adequate equipment for the removal of storm or subsurface waters which may accumulate in the excavated areas.
B. Trenching:
1. Excavate trenches to lines and grades as indicated on the Drawings and with banks as nearly vertical as practicable.
2. Bottoms of trenches shall be accurately graded to provide uniform bearing on undisturbed soil for the entire length of each section of pipe.
3. The width of the trench at and below the top of the pipe shall be such that the clear space between the barrel of the pipe and the trench wall shall not exceed 8” on either side of the pipe. The width of trench above the top of pipe may be wider if necessary.
4. Over-depth excavations shall be filled with tamped sand to required grades.
5. Excavations of five (5) feet or more in depth shall be shored or supported in conformance with rules, and regulations of State and Federal Governments. Shoring shall be constructed, maintained and removed in a manner to prevent caving of the excavation walls or other load on the pipe.
C. Backfilling:
1. Material for backfilling of pipes shall be approved granular material less than two (2) inches in diameter obtained from the excavation. No material of a perishable, spongy or otherwise unsuitable nature shall be used as backfill.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Solar Heating 13 11 63 - 8
2. Backfilling of pipe trenches shall commence immediately after installation and testing to preclude damage to the installed pipe. Backfill around pipe shall be carefully placed so as not to displace of damage the pipe and shall be carried up symmetrically on each side of the pipe to one foot above the top of the pipe. The material shall be carefully compacted or consolidated before additional backfill is placed.
3. Backfill above an elevation of one foot above the top of pipe in conformance with requirements of Section 13 11 01. Material for balance of backfill shall be approved granular material less than six (6) inches in diameter taken from the excavation.
4. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, all pipes shall have a minimum of eighteen (18) inches of cover.
3.05 GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
A. Position equipment to result in good appearance and easy access to all components for maintenance and repairs.
B. Install piping, so that it does not interfere with equipment access.
C. Install level, secure and out of moisture. Provide shims, anchors, support straps, angles, grouted bases, or other items as required to accomplish proper installation.
D. All screws, nuts, bolts and washers shall be galvanized, cadmium plated or stainless steel.
After fabrication, hot-dip galvanize unfinished ferrous items for outdoor, below grade or other use subject to moisture.
E. Extend ½” Schedule 40 black steel pipe lubrication tubes from all hard to reach locations to front of equipment or to access points Terminate with proper type of lubrication fitting.
3.06 VALVES AND STRAINERS
A. If no shut-off is indicated, provide gate valves at inlet connections and balance valves at outlet connections to fixtures and equipment. Provide proper valve trim for service intended.
B. Use no solder end valves unless noted otherwise; provide adapters in copper tubing systems.
C. Locate valves with stems above horizontal plane of pipe. In general, locate valves within six (6) feet of floor, out from under equipment, in accessible locations with adequate clearance around hand wheels or levers for easy operation.
D. Provide all valves, cocks and strainers, full pipe size unless indicated otherwise.
E. Provide hand wheel operators on all valves 6” and larger, under 6” lever operators may be used.
F. Provide tool operated valve with stainless steel shaft extension and ‘on deck’ tool operation for surge chamber butterfly isolation valve.
3.07 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING
A. Identify each valve by a numbered brass tag with hole and brass chain mounted on valve stem or handle. Tag to be a minimum of 1-1/2” in diameter and numbers at least ¼” high stamped into tag.
B. Install an identification chart in a plastic or glass framed enclosure which schematically illustrates the proper operation of all piping systems and indicates number and location of all valves and control devices within the system.
C. All piping within the mechanical and chemical rooms shall be clearly labeled indicating flow direction, piping identification in coordination with 3.7B.
3.08 TESTS
A. Perform tests in presence of Owner’s Representative with no pressure loss or noticeable leaks.
B. Do not include valves and equipment in tests. Include connection to previously tested sections if systems are tested in sections.
C. Perform tests as follows:
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Solar Heating 13 11 63 - 9
System Test Pressure Test Medium Duration
Pool Solar Piping 50 psig Water* 4 hours
* Never test PVC/CPVC pipe or fittings with air or other gases, always use water
3.09 PIPE MATERIAL APPLICATION
A. CPVC Schedule 40: Below grade swimming pool solar piping up to 12” line size; use standard solvent weld fittings.
B. CPVC Schedule 80: Above grade swimming pool solar piping up to 12” line size; use solvent weld Schedule 80 or epoxy coated cast iron fittings.
3.10 CUTTING AND DRILLING
A. Cutting or drilling necessary for installation of Work of this Section shall be done only with approval of Owner’s Representative.
3.11 CLOSING-IN OF UNINSPECTED WORK
A. Do not cover or enclose Work before testing and inspection. Re-open Work prematurely closed and restore all Work damaged.
3.12 QUIETNESS
A. Quietness is a requirement. Eliminate noise, other than that caused by specified equipment operating at optimum conditions, as directed by Owner’s Representative.
3.13 FLUSHING OF LINES
A. Flush or blow out pipes free from foreign substances before installing valves, stops or making final connections. Clean piping systems of dirt and dust prior to initial start-up.
3.14 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
A. Trenching and Backfill: Conform with requirements of Section 13 11 01. Provide minimum cover as required by Code.
B. Conduit Installation:
1. Conduit and metallic raceway systems shall be mechanically and electrically continuous from sources of current to all outlets in a manner to provide a continuous grounding path.
Close ends of conduit during construction to prevent entrance of dirt or moisture.
2. Securely fasten conduit to the building construction within three feet of each outlet and within every ten feet thereafter. Secure it to boxes, cabinets, pull boxes, terminals with two locknuts and ends equipped with bushing or a terminal fitting. Cut square with ends carefully reamed.
3. Make bends or elbows so that the conduit will not be injured or flattened.
4. Use insulated metallic bushings in all places where bushings are required.
5. Run exposed conduits level or plumb and parallel to the construction members of the building. No cutting across or diagonal runs will be permitted. Neatly surmount structural obstructions encountered on conduit runs by the use of fittings or pull boxes.
6. Identify feeder conduits by stamped metal tags secured to exposed section of conduit in main or sub-panels.
7. Make up all threaded conduit joints gas and watertight with conductive sealer except conduit above ground in dry indoor locations.
8. Rigidly support all boxes independently of the conduit system.
C. Connections to Equipment:
1. Fully connect, in an approved manner, all electrical outlets, apparatus, motors, equipment, fixtures, wiring devices and appliances whether they are installed under the Electrical Contract or not, which require electrical connections, to the corresponding electrical system outlet.
2. Where the Work of this Section required connection to be made to equipment that is furnished and set-in-place under other Sections, obtain such roughing-in dimensions from LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 04/26/2024
Swimming Pool Solar Heating 13 11 63 - 10
the manufacturer or supplier of each item as required and assume full responsibility for the installation of the connections thereto.
3.15 ADJUSTMENT
A. Preliminary Operation: Should the Owner’s Representative deem it necessary to operate the electrical installation or any part thereof prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, consent to such preliminary operation and supervise conduction of same. Subcontractor shall pay all costs occasioned by such operation. Preliminary operation shall not be construed as an acceptance of any Work installed under this Contract.
3.16 CLEAN-UP
A. After all Work has been tested and approved, the Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall thoroughly clean all parts of the equipment installations. Exposed parts shall be cleaned of cement, plaster and other materials and all grease and oil spots removed with solvent.
B. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall remove debris from the Project site. Cartons, boxes, packing crates and excess materials not used, occasioned by this work shall be disposed of to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative.
C. If the above requirements of clean-up are not performed to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative, the Owner reserves the right to order the work done, the cost of which shall be borne by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor.
END OF SECTION 13 11 63
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Lawndale HS Gym Athletic Facilities Improvements
Centinela Valley Union High School District
LPA, Inc. Project No. 30120.10
DSA Submittal 5/3/2021
Common Work Results for Fire
Suppression
210500 - 1
SECTION 210500
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Pipe, fittings, sleeves, escutcheons, seals, and connections for sprinkler systems.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 099123 - Interior Painting: Preparation and painting of interior fire protection piping systems.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASME BPVC-IX - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX - Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Qualifications 2015.
B. ASME B16.1 - Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125, and 250 2010.
C. ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: C lasses 150 and 300 2016.
D. ASME B16.4 - Gray Iron Threaded Fittings: Classe s 125 and 250 2016.
E. ASME B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings N PS 1/2 Through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard 2017.
F. ASME B16.9 - Factory-Made Wrought Buttwelding Fi ttings 2018.
G. ASME B16.11 - Forged Fittings, Socket-welding an d Threaded 2011.
H. ASME B16.25 - Buttwelding Ends 2017.
I. ASME B36.10M - Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe 2018.
J. ASTM A47/A47M - Standard Specification for Ferri tic Malleable Iron Castings 1999, with Editorial Revision (2018).
K. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless 2018.
L. ASTM A135/A135M - Standard Specification for Ele ctric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe 2009 (Reapproved 2014).
M. ASTM A234/A234M - Standard Specification for Pip ing Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service 2019.
N. ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile I ron Castings 1984 (Reapproved 2014).
O. ASTM A795/A795M - Standard Specification for Bla ck and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Fire Protection Use 2013 (Reapproved 2020).
P. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel 2015.
Q. AWWA C105/A21.5 - Polyethylene Encasement for Du ctile-Iron Pipe Systems 2010.
R. AWWA C606 - Grooved and Shouldered Joints 2011.
S. FM (AG) - FM Approval Guide current edition.
T. ITS (DIR) - Directory of Listed Products current edition.
U. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprin kler Systems 2016.
V. UL (DIR) - Online Certifications Directory Curre nt Edition.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements , for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalogue i nformation. Indicate valve data and ratings.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Pipe, fittings, sleeves, escutcheons, seals, and connections for sprinkler systems.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 099123 - Interior Painting: Preparation and painting of interior fire protection piping systems.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASME BPVC-IX - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX - Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Qualifications 2015.
B. ASME B16.1 - Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125, and 250 2010.
C. ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: C lasses 150 and 300 2016.
D. ASME B16.4 - Gray Iron Threaded Fittings: Classe s 125 and 250 2016.
E. ASME B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings N PS 1/2 Through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard 2017.
F. ASME B16.9 - Factory-Made Wrought Buttwelding Fi ttings 2018.
G. ASME B16.11 - Forged Fittings, Socket-welding an d Threaded 2011.
H. ASME B16.25 - Buttwelding Ends 2017.
I. ASME B36.10M - Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe 2018.
J. ASTM A47/A47M - Standard Specification for Ferri tic Malleable Iron Castings 1999, with Editorial Revision (2018).
K. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless 2018.
L. ASTM A135/A135M - Standard Specification for Ele ctric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe 2009 (Reapproved 2014).
M. ASTM A234/A234M - Standard Specification for Pip ing Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service 2019.
N. ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile I ron Castings 1984 (Reapproved 2014).
O. ASTM A795/A795M - Standard Specification for Bla ck and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Fire Protection Use 2013 (Reapproved 2020).
P. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel 2015.
Q. AWWA C105/A21.5 - Polyethylene Encasement for Du ctile-Iron Pipe Systems 2010.
R. AWWA C606 - Grooved and Shouldered Joints 2011.
S. FM (AG) - FM Approval Guide current edition.
T. ITS (DIR) - Directory of Listed Products current edition.
U. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprin kler Systems 2016.
V. UL (DIR) - Online Certifications Directory Curre nt Edition.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements , for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalogue i nformation. Indicate valve data and ratings.
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
SECTION 21 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION
Common Work Results for Fire Suppression 21 05 00 - 1
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Lawndale HS Gym Athletic Facilities Improvements
Centinela Valley Union High School District
LPA, Inc. Project No. 30120.10
DSA Submittal 5/3/2021
Common Work Results for Fire
Suppression
210500 - 2
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate pipe materials used, jo inting methods, supports, floor and wall penetration seals. Indicate installation, layout, weights, mounting and support details, and piping connections.
D. Project Record Documents: Record actual locatio ns of components and tag numbering.
E. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include install ation instructions and spare parts lists.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializi ng in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented ex perience.
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified this section.
1. Minimum three years experience.
2. Approved by manufacturer.
C. Conform to FM (AG), UL (DIR), ITS (DIR) or Warno ck Hersey, and requirements.
D. Valves: Bear FM (AG), UL (DIR), ITS (DIR) or Wa rnock Hersey, and product listing label or marking. Provide manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body.
E. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Liste d and classified as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers, with labeling in place.
B. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iro n and steel valves.
C. Provide temporary end caps and closures on pipin g and fittings. Maintain in place until installation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
A. Sprinkler Systems: Conform to NFPA 13.
B. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to AS ME BPVC-IX.
2.02 BURIED PIPING
A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Schedule 40, ASTM A13 5/A135M Schedule 10, ASTM A795/A795M Standard Weight, or ASME B36.10M Schedul e 40, black, with AWWA C105/A21.5 polyethylene jacket, or double layer, half-lapped polyethylene tape.
1. Steel Fittings: ASME B16.9, wrought steel, butt welded, ASME B16.25, buttweld ends, ASTM A234/A234M, wrought carbon steel or alloy stee l, ASME B16.5, steel flanges and fittings, or ASME B16.11, forged steel socket welded and threaded; with double layer, half-lapped polyethylene tape.
2. Cast Iron Fittings: ASME B16.1, flanges and fla nged fittings.
3. Joints: Welded in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M.
4. Casing: Polyurethane insulation with high densi ty polyethylene jacket and heat shrink sleeves.
2.03 ABOVE GROUND PIPING
A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53 Schedule 40, ASTM A135 Sch edule 10, ASTM A795 Standard Weight, or ASME B36.10M Sc hedule 40, black.
1. Steel Fittings: ASTM B16.5, BB16.9, B16.11, B16 .25, ASTM A234.
2. Cast Iron Fittings: ASME B16.1, flanges and fla nged fittings and ASME B16.4, threaded fittings.
3. Malleable Iron Fittings: ASME B16.3, threaded f ittings and ASTM A47.
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Common Work Results for Fire Suppression 21 05 00 - 2
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Lawndale HS Gym Athletic Facilities Improvements
Centinela Valley Union High School District
LPA, Inc. Project No. 30120.10
DSA Submittal 5/3/2021
Common Work Results for Fire
Suppression
210500 - 3
4. Mechanical Grooved Couplings: Malleable iron ho using clamps to engage and lock, "C" shaped elastomeric sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized pipe.
2.04 PIPE SLEEVES
A. Vertical Piping:
1. Sleeve Length: 1 inch above finished floor.
2. Provide sealant for watertight joint.
B. Pipe Passing Through Below Grade Exterior Walls:
1. Zinc coated or cast iron pipe.
2. Provide watertight space with link rubber or mod ular seal between sleeve and pipe on both pipe ends.
2.05 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1 to 2-1/2 inch: Adjusta ble Band Hanger.
B. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels wit h welded spacers and hanger rods.
C. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.
D. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle , lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.
2.06 MECHANICAL COUPLINGS
A. Rigid Mechanical Couplings for Grooved Joints:
1. Dimensions and Testing: Comply with AWWA C606.
2. Minimum Working Pressure: 300 psig.
3. Housing Material: Fabricate of ductile iron con forming to ASTM A536.
4. Housing Coating: Factory applied enamel.
5. Gasket Material: EPDM suitable for operating te mperature range from minus 30 degrees F to 230 degrees F.
6. Bolts and Nuts: Hot dipped galvanized or zinc e lectroplated steel.
7. Product:
a. Victaulic Company; FireLock Style 009H: www.vic taulic.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Req uirements.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel p lain end ferrous pipe.
B. Remove scale and foreign material, from inside a nd outside, before assembly.
C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with fla nges or unions.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install sprinkler system and service main piping , hangers, and supports in accordance with NFPA 13.
B. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parall el to building structure. Maintain gradient.
C. Install piping to conserve building space, to no t interfere with use of space and other work.
D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevat ions.
E. Inserts:
1. Provide inserts for placement in concrete formwo rk.
2. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from rein forced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams.
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
4. Mechanical Grooved Couplings: Malleable iron ho using clamps to engage and lock, "C" shaped elastomeric sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized pipe.
2.04 PIPE SLEEVES
A. Vertical Piping:
1. Sleeve Length: 1 inch above finished floor.
2. Provide sealant for watertight joint.
B. Pipe Passing Through Below Grade Exterior Walls:
1. Zinc coated or cast iron pipe.
2. Provide watertight space with link rubber or mod ular seal between sleeve and pipe on both pipe ends.
2.05 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1 to 2-1/2 inch: Adjusta ble Band Hanger.
B. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels wit h welded spacers and hanger rods.
C. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.
D. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle , lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.
2.06 MECHANICAL COUPLINGS
A. Rigid Mechanical Couplings for Grooved Joints:
1. Dimensions and Testing: Comply with AWWA C606.
2. Minimum Working Pressure: 300 psig.
3. Housing Material: Fabricate of ductile iron con forming to ASTM A536.
4. Housing Coating: Factory applied enamel.
5. Gasket Material: EPDM suitable for operating te mperature range from minus 30 degrees F to 230 degrees F.
6. Bolts and Nuts: Hot dipped galvanized or zinc e lectroplated steel.
7. Product:
a. Victaulic Company; FireLock Style 009H: www.vic taulic.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Req uirements.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel p lain end ferrous pipe.
B. Remove scale and foreign material, from inside a nd outside, before assembly.
C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with fla nges or unions.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install sprinkler system and service main piping , hangers, and supports in accordance with NFPA 13.
B. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parall el to building structure. Maintain gradient.
C. Install piping to conserve building space, to no t interfere with use of space and other work.
D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevat ions.
E. Inserts:
1. Provide inserts for placement in concrete formwo rk.
2. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from rein forced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams.
Common Work Results for Fire Suppression 21 05 00 - 3
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Lawndale HS Gym Athletic Facilities Improvements
Centinela Valley Union High School District
LPA, Inc. Project No. 30120.10
DSA Submittal 5/3/2021
Common Work Results for Fire
Suppression
210500 - 4
3. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, loca te inserts flush with slab surface.
4. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concret e slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above slab.
F. Pipe Hangers and Supports:
1. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch spac e between finished covering and adjacent work.
2. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adj ustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe.
3. Support vertical piping at every other floor. S upport riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping.
4. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers.
G. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level.
H. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessorie s for finish painting. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.
I. Do not penetrate building structural members unl ess indicated.
J. Seal pipe penetrations to achieve fire resistanc e equivalent to fire separation required.
K. Escutcheons:
1. Install and firmly attach escutcheons at piping penetrations into finished spaces.
2. Provide escutcheons on both sides of partitions separating finished areas through which piping passes.
3. Use chrome plated escutcheons in occupied spaces and to conceal openings in construction.
L. When installing more than one piping system mate rial, ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided.
M. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Remove protective coatings prior to installation.
N. Provide drain valves at main shut-off valves, lo w points of piping and apparatus.
END OF SECTION
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
3. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, loca te inserts flush with slab surface.
4. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concret e slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above slab.
F. Pipe Hangers and Supports:
1. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch spac e between finished covering and adjacent work.
2. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adj ustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe.
3. Support vertical piping at every other floor. S upport riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping.
4. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers.
G. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level.
H. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessorie s for finish painting. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.
I. Do not penetrate building structural members unl ess indicated.
J. Seal pipe penetrations to achieve fire resistanc e equivalent to fire separation required.
K. Escutcheons:
1. Install and firmly attach escutcheons at piping penetrations into finished spaces.
2. Provide escutcheons on both sides of partitions separating finished areas through which piping passes.
3. Use chrome plated escutcheons in occupied spaces and to conceal openings in construction.
L. When installing more than one piping system mate rial, ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided.
M. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Remove protective coatings prior to installation.
N. Provide drain valves at main shut-off valves, lo w points of piping and apparatus.
END OF SECTION
Common Work Results for Fire Suppression 21 05 00 - 3
4 LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Fire-Suppression Sprinkler Systems 21 13 00 - 1
SECTION 21 13 00
FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Sprinklers, Valves, and Equipment:
1. Tyco Fire Protection Products; _______: www.tyco-fire.com/#sle.
2. Viking Corporation; _______: www.vikinggroupinc.com/#sle.
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
1.02 SPRINKLER SYSTEM
A. Sprinkler System: Provide coverage for entire building.
B. Occupancy: Light hazard; comply with NFPA 13.
C. Water Supply: Determine volume and pressure from water flow test data.
D. Storage Cabinet for Spare Sprinklers and Tools: Steel, located adjacent to alarm valve.
E. Pipe Hanger Fasteners: Attach hangers to structure using appropriate fasteners, as follows:
1. Concrete Wedge Expansion Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC193.
2. Concrete Screw Type Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC193.
3. Other Types: As required.
1.03 SPRINKLERS
A. Suspended Ceiling Type: Semi-recessed pendant type with matching push on escutcheon plate.
1. Response Type: Quick.
2. Coverage Type: Standard.
3. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard.
B. Exposed Area Type: Pendant type with guard.
1. Response Type: Quick.
2. Coverage Type: Standard.
3. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard.
C. Sidewall Type: Semi-recessed horizontal sidewall type with matching push on escutcheon plate.
1. Response Type: Quick.
2. Coverage Type: Standard.
3. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard.
D. Flexible Drop System: Stainless steel, multiple use, open gate type.
1. Application: Use to properly locate sprinkler heads.
2. Include all supports and bracing.
3. Provide braided type tube as required for the application.
4. Manufacturers:
1.04 PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Wet Pipe Sprinkler Alarm Valve: Check type valve with divided seat ring, rubber faced clapper to automatically actuate water motor alarm, pressure retard chamber and variable pressure trim with the following additional capabilities and features:
1. Activate electric alarm.
2. Test and drain valve.
3. Replaceable internal components without removing valve from installed position.
B. Flooding Deluge Valve: Gate type valve with rubber faced disc actuated manually with water motor alarm and electric alarm, with alarm testing trim.
C. Water Motor Alarm: Hydraulically operated impeller type alarm with aluminum alloy chrome plated gong and motor housing, nylon bearings, and inlet strainer.
D. Electric Alarm: Electrically operated chrome plated gong with pressure alarm switch.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Fire-Suppression Sprinkler Systems 21 13 00 - 2
E. Water Flow Switch: Vane type switch for mounting horizontal or vertical, with two contacts; rated 10 amp at 125 volt AC and 2.5 amp at 24 volt DC.
PART 3 EXECUTION
2.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with referenced NFPA design and installation standard.
B. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Locate outside alarm gong on building wall as indicated.
D. Place pipe runs to minimize obstruction to other work.
E. Place piping in concealed spaces above finished ceilings.
F. Apply masking tape or paper cover to ensure concealed sprinklers, cover plates, and sprinkler escutcheons do not receive field paint finish. Remove after painting. Replace painted sprinklers.
G. Flush entire piping system of foreign matter.
H. Hydrostatically test entire system.
I. Require test be witnessed by Fire Marshal.
2.02 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A. Ensure required devices are installed and connected as required to fire alarm system.
END OF SECTION 21 13 00
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 01 30 - 1
SECTION 22 01 30
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Piping tube and fitting materials.
2. Pipe joining materials.
3. Transition fittings.
4. Dielectric fittings.
5. Mechanical sleeve seals.
6. Sleeves.
7. Escutcheons.
8. Grout.
9. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections.
10. Painting and finishing.
11. Supports and anchorages.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.
B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.
C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.
D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts.
E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures.
Examples include installations within unheated shelters.
F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:
1. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.
2. PE: Polyethylene plastic.
G. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials:
1. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.
2. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Transition fittings.
2. Dielectric fittings.
3. Mechanical sleeve seals.
4. Escutcheons.
B. Welding certificates.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."
B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."
1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping."
2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 01 30 - 2
C. Electrical Characteristics for Mechanical Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.
B. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending.
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations.
B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed.
C. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for mechanical items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors and Frames."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS MATERIALS
A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods.
B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.
2.02 PIPE JOINING MATERIALS
A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below.
B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents.
1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch (3.2-mm) maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated.
a. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges.
2. AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full-face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813.
E. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
F. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping:
1. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493.
2.03 TRANSITION FITTINGS
A. AWWA Transition Couplings: Same size as, and with pressure rating at least equal to and with ends compatible with, piping to be joined.
1. Underground Piping NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Manufactured fitting or coupling.
2. Underground Piping NPS 2 and Larger: AWWA C219, metal sleeve-type coupling.
3. Aboveground Pressure Piping: Pipe fitting.
B. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: CPVC one-piece fitting with manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-cement-joint end.
C. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Adaptors: One-piece fitting with manufacturer's SDR 11 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-cement-joint end.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 01 30 - 3
D. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions: MSS SP-107, CPVC and PVC four-part union. Include brass end, solvent-cement-joint end, rubber O-ring, and union nut.
E. Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Drainage Piping: ASTM C 1173 with elastomeric sleeve, ends same size as piping to be joined, and corrosion-resistant metal band on each end.
2.04 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder- joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.
B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.
C. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for dielectric fittings not listed below.
D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.
E. Dielectric-Flange Kits: Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, full- face- or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers.
F. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.
G. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.
2.05 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve.
1. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.
2. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element.
3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.
2.06 SLEEVES
A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint.
B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.
C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Molded PE: Reusable, PE, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth-outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms.
2.07 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening.
B. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chrome-plated finish.
C. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw. Polished chrome-plated and rough brass.
D. One-Piece, Floor-Plate Type: Cast-iron floor plate.
2.08 GROUT
A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout.
1. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications.
2. Design Mix: 5000-psi 28-day compressive strength, unless otherwise indicated in the structural drawings.
3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 01 30 - 4
3.01 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems.
B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.
1. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas.
2. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.
3. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.
4. Install piping to permit valve servicing.
5. Install piping at indicated slopes.
6. Install piping free of sags and bends.
7. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
8. Install piping to allow application of insulation.
C. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.
3.02 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following:
1. New Piping:
a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type. b. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish.
c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with spring clips. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast- brass type with polished chrome-plated finish.
e. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish.
f. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with rough- brass finish.
g. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass type. h. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor-plate type.
3.03 PENETRATIONS AND SLEEVES
A. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.
B. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves.
C. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs.
1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified.
2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed.
3. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials:
a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6.
b. Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout.
4. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 01 30 - 5
D. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter.
2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter.
3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.
E. Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.
F. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for materials.
G. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.
H. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements.
3.04 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems.
B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.
D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.
E. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified.
2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
F. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.
G. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads.
H. Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following:
1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements.
2. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix.
I. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139.
J. PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657.
1. Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion.
2. Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion.
3.05 PIPING CONNECTIONS
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 01 30 - 6
A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment.
2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment.
3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals.
4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals.
3.06 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom.
B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Grease fittings shall be installed in accessible locations.
D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.
3.07 PAINTING
A. Painting of mechanical systems, equipment, and components is specified in Division 9.
B. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish.
3.08 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES
A. Refer to Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel.
B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment.
C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.
3.09 GROUTING
A. Mix and install grout for mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors.
B. Grout Installation:
1. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.
2. Provide forms as required for placement of grout.
3. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout.
4. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases.
5. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment.
6. Place grout around anchors.
7. Cure placed grout.
END OF SECTION 230130 22 01 30
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping 22 05 16 - 1 SECTION 22 05 16
EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Flexible pipe connectors.
B. Expansion joints and compensators.
C. Pipe loops, offsets, and swing joints.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 22 10 05 - Plumbing Piping.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. FM (AG) - FM Approval Guide; Current Edition.
B. UL (DIR) - Online Certifications Directory; Current Edition.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data:
1. Flexible Pipe Connectors: Indicate maximum temperature and pressure rating, face-to- face length, live length, hose wall thickness, hose convolutions per foot and per assembly, fundamental frequency of assembly, braid structure, and total number of wires in braid.
2. Expansion Joints: Indicate maximum temperature and pressure rating, and maximum expansion compensation.
C. Maintenance Data: Include adjustment instructions.
D. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project.
1. Extra Packing for Packed Expansion Joints: One set for each joint.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with UL (DIR) requirements.
2.02 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS - STEEL PIPING
A. Manufacturers:
1. Flex-Weld, Inc: www.kelcoind.com/#sle.
2. Mercer Rubber Company: www.mercer-rubber.com/#sle.
3. The Metraflex Company: www.metraflex.com/#sle.
4. Unisource Manufacturing, Inc: www.unisource-mfg.com/#sle.
B. Inner Hose: Stainless steel.
C. Exterior Sleeve: Single braided, stainless steel.
D. Pressure Rating: 125 psi up to 12 inch.
E. Maximum Service Temperature: 250 degrees F.
F. End Connections: As specified for pipe joints.
G. Size: Use pipe sized units.
H. Maximum offset: 3/4 inch on each side of installed center line.
2.03 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS - COPPER PIPING
A. Manufacturers:
1. Flex-Weld, Inc: www.kelcoind.com/#sle.
2. Mercer Rubber Company: www.mercer-rubber.com/#sle.
3. The Metraflex Company: www.metraflex.com/#sle.
4. Unisource Manufacturing, Inc: www.unisource-mfg.com/#sle.
B. Inner Hose: Bronze.
C. Exterior Sleeve: Braided bronze.
D. Pressure Rating: 125 psi up to 2 inch.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping 22 05 16 - 2 E. Maximum Service Temperature: 250 degrees F.
F. End Connections: As specified for pipe joints.
G. Size: Use pipe sized units.
H. Maximum offset: 3/4 inch on each side of installed center line.
I. Application: Copper piping.
2.04 EXPANSION JOINTS - STAINLESS STEEL BELLOWS TYPE
A. Manufacturers:
1. Flex-Weld, Inc: www.kelcoind.com/#sle.
2. Mercer Rubber Company: www.mercer-rubber.com/#sle.
B. Pressure Rating: 125 psi and 400 degrees F.
C. Maximum Compression: 1-3/4 inches.
D. Maximum Extension: 1/4 inch.
E. Joint Type: Externally pressurized with flanged ends.
F. Size: Use pipe sized units.
G. Application: Steel piping 4 inches and under.
2.05 EXPANSION JOINTS - EXTERNAL RING CONTROLLED STAINLESS STEEL BELLOWS TYPE A. Manufacturers:
1. Mercer Rubber Company: www.mercer-rubber.com/#sle.
B. Pressure Rating: 125 psi and 400 degrees F.
C. Maximum Compression: 15/16 inch.
D. Maximum Extension: 5/16 inch.
E. Maximum Offset: 1/8 inch.
F. End Connections: Flanged.
G. Size: Use pipe sized units.
H. Application: Steel piping over 2 inches.
2.06 EXPANSION JOINTS - COMPENSATORS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Mercer Rubber Company: www.mercer-rubber.com/#sle.
2. Unisource Manufacturing, Inc: www.unisource-mfg.com/#sle.
B. Type: Two-ply 304 stainless steel bellows with carbon steel shroud.
C. Maximum Working Pressure: 200 psi.
D. Maximum Working Temperature: 400 degrees F.
E. Maximum Compression: 1/2 inch.
F. Maximum Extension: 5/32 inch.
G. End Connections: Female copper sweat.
H. Application: Copper piping up to 3 inches in size or steel piping up to 4 inches in size.
2.07 EXPANSION JOINTS AND LOOPS - HOSE AND BRAID
A. Manufacturers:
1. Flex-Weld, Inc: www.kelcoind.com/#sle.
2. The Metraflex Company: www.metraflex.com/#sle.
3. Unisource Manufacturing, Inc: www.unisource-mfg.com/#sle.
B. Provide flexible loops with two flexible sections of hose and braid, two 90 degree elbows, and 180 degree return with support brackets and plugged drain port for steam service.
C. Maximum Allowable Motion: 2 inch in the x, y, and z planes with no thrust loads to the building structure.
D. Maximum Working Pressure: 150 psi at 800 degrees F.
E. Construction: Class 150, schedule 40, stainless steel hose and braid assembly with carbon steel fittings, including elbows and flanged end connections sized to match pipe segment.
1. Selected Product to Accommodate:
a. Angular Rotation: 15 degrees.
b. Force developed by 1.5 times specified maximum allowable operating pressure.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping 22 05 16 - 3
2. Provide necessary accessories including, but not limited to, swivel joints.
2.08 EXPANSION JOINTS - EXTERNALLY PRESSURIZED
A. Manufacturers:
1. Flex-Weld, Inc: www.kelcoind.com/#sle.
2. The Metraflex Company: www.metraflex.com/#sle.
3. Unisource Manufacturing, Inc: www.unisource-mfg.com/#sle.
B. Bellows Type: Two-ply, single bellows constructed of 304 stainless steel.
C. Internal Liner: Carbon steel with internal and external guides.
D. Specialty: Carbon steel anchor base, lifting lugs, and drain port with tapered plug.
E. End Connections: Class 150, carbon steel, welded flange.
F. Maximum Axial Compression: 4 inches.
G. Maximum Working Pressure: 150 psi at 700 degrees F.
H. Application: Steel piping 2 inches and over.
2.09 ACCESSORIES
A. Pipe Alignment Guides:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Flex-Weld, Inc: www.kelcoind.com/#sle.
b. The Metraflex Company: www.metraflex.com/#sle.
2. Two piece welded steel with enamel paint, bolted, with spider to fit standard pipe, frame with four mounting holes, clearance for minimum 1 inch thick insulation, minimum 3 inches travel.
B. Swivel Joints:
1. Fabricated steel body, double ball bearing race, field lubricated, with rubber (Buna-N) o- ring seals.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install flexible pipe connectors on pipes connected to vibration isolated equipment. Provide line size flexible connectors.
C. Install flexible connectors at right angles to displacement. Install one end immediately adjacent to isolated equipment and anchor other end. Install in horizontal plane unless indicated otherwise.
D. Anchor pipe to building structure where indicated. Provide pipe guides so movement is directed along axis of pipe only. Erect piping such that strain and weight is not on cast connections or apparatus.
E. Provide support and equipment required to control expansion and contraction of piping.
Provide loops, pipe offsets, and swing joints, or expansion joints where required.
END OF SECTION 22 05 16
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping 22 05 17 - 1 SECTION 22 05 17
SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Pipe sleeves.
B. Manufactured sleeve-seal systems.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM C592 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Insulation and Blanket-Type Pipe Insulation (Metal-Mesh Covered) (Industrial Type); 2022a.
B. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems; 2023a.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified this section.
1. Minimum three years experience.
2. Approved by manufacturer.
C. Clean equipment, pipes, valves, and fittings of grease, metal cuttings, and sludge that may have accumulated from the installation and testing of the system.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store sleeve and sleeve seals in shipping containers, with labeling in place.
B. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel sleeves if shipped loose.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE SLEEVES
A. Vertical Piping:
1. Sleeve Length: 1 inch above finished floor.
2. Provide sealant for watertight joint.
B. Sheet Metal: Pipe passing through interior walls, partitions, and floors, unless steel or brass sleeves are specified below.
C. Pipe Passing Through Below Grade Exterior Walls:
1. Zinc coated or cast iron pipe.
2. Provide watertight space with link rubber or modular seal between sleeve and pipe on both pipe ends.
D. Pipe Passing Through Concrete Beam Flanges, except where Brass Pipe Sleeves are Specified:
1. Galvanized steel pipe or black iron pipe with asphalt coating.
2. Connect sleeve with floor plate except in mechanical rooms.
E. Clearances:
1. Provide allowance for insulated piping.
2. Wall, Floor, Floor, Partitions, and Beam Flanges: 1 inch greater than external; pipe diameter.
3. All Rated Openings: Caulked tight with fire stopping material complying with ASTM E814 in accordance with Section 07 84 00 to prevent the spread of fire, smoke, and gases.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping 22 05 17 - 2
2.02 MANUFACTURED SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS
A. Modular/Mechanical Seal:
1. Synthetic rubber interlocking links continuously fill annular space between pipe and wall/casing opening.
2. Provide watertight seal between pipe and wall/casing opening.
3. Elastomer element size and material in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
4. Glass reinforced plastic pressure end plates.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.
B. Remove scale and foreign material, from inside and outside, before assembly.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure. Maintain gradient.
B. Install piping to conserve building space, to not interfere with use of space and other work.
C. Install piping and pipe sleeves to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.
D. Inserts:
1. Provide inserts for placement in concrete formwork.
2. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams.
3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches.
4. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above slab.
E. Structural Considerations:
1. Do not penetrate building structural members unless indicated.
F. Provide sleeves when penetrating footings, floors, walls, and partitions. Seal pipe including sleeve penetrations to achieve fire resistance equivalent to fire separation required.
1. Underground Piping: Caulk pipe sleeve watertight with lead and oakum or mechanically expandable chloroprene inserts with bitumen sealed metal components.
2. Aboveground Piping:
a. Pack solid using mineral fiber complying with ASTM C592. b. Fill space with an elastomer caulk to a depth of 0.50 inch where penetrations occur between conditioned and unconditioned spaces.
3. All Rated Openings: Caulk tight with fire stopping material complying with ASTM E814 in accordance with Section 07 84 00 to prevent the spread of fire, smoke, and gases.
4. Caulk exterior wall sleeves watertight with lead and oakum or mechanically expandable chloroprene inserts with mastic-sealed components.
G. Manufactured Sleeve-Seal Systems:
1. Install manufactured sleeve-seal systems in sleeves located in exterior concrete walls at piping entrances into building.
2. Provide sealing elements of the size, quantity, and type required for the piping and sleeve inner diameter or penetration diameter.
3. Locate piping in center of sleeve or penetration.
4. Install field assembled sleeve-seal system components in annular space between sleeve and piping.
5. Tighten bolting for a water-tight seal.
6. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
H. When installing more than one piping system material, ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system. Provide necessary joining fittings.
Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping 22 05 17 - 3
3.03 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of work, clean all parts of the installation.
B. Clean equipment, pipes, valves, and fittings of grease, metal cuttings, and sludge that may have accumulated from the installation and testing of the system.
END OF SECTION 22 05 17
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping 22 05 23 - 1
SECTION 22 05 23
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Applications.
B. General requirements.
C. Ball valves.
D. Butterfly valves.
E. Check valves.
F. Plug valves.
1.02 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. CWP: Cold working pressure.
B. EPDM: Ethylene propylene copolymer rubber.
C. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrile rubber.
D. NRS: Non-rising stem.
E. OS&Y: Outside screw and yoke.
F. PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene.
G. RS: Rising stem.
H. SWP: Steam working pressure.
I. TFE: Tetrafluoroethylene.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. API STD 594 - Check Valves: Flanged, Lug, Wafer, and Butt-Welding; 2022.
B. ASME B1.20.1 - Pipe Threads, General Purpose, Inch; 2013 (Reaffirmed 2018).
C. ASME B16.1 - Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125, and 250; 2020.
D. ASME B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard; 2020.
E. ASME B16.10 - Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Valves; 2022.
F. ASME B16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; 2021.
G. ASME B16.34 - Valves — Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End; 2020.
H. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping; 2020.
I. ASME BPVC-IX - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX - Qualification Standard for Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Procedures; Welders; Brazers; and Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Operators; 2023.
J. ASTM A48/A48M - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings; 2022.
K. ASTM A126 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings; 2004 (Reapproved 2023).
L. ASTM A395/A395M - Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures; 1999 (Reapproved 2022).
M. ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings; 1984, with Editorial Revision (2019).
N. ASTM B61 - Standard Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings; 2015 (Reapproved 2021).
O. ASTM B62 - Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings; 2017.
P. MSS SP-45 - Drain and Bypass Connections; 2020.
Q. MSS SP-67 - Butterfly Valves; 2022.
R. MSS SP-70 - Gray Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends; 2011.
S. MSS SP-71 - Gray Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends; 2018.
T. MSS SP-72 - Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for General Service; 2010a.
U. MSS SP-78 - Gray Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends; 2011.
V. MSS SP-80 - Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle, and Check Valves; 2019.
W. MSS SP-85 - Gray Iron Globe and Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends; 2011.
X. MSS SP-110 - Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends; 2010, with Errata .
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping 22 05 23 - 2
Y. MSS SP-125 - Check Valves: Gray Iron and Ductile Iron, In-Line, Spring-Loaded, Center- Guided; 2018.
Z. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; 2023.
AA. NSF 372 - Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content; 2022.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data on valves including manufacturers catalog information. Submit performance ratings, rough-in details, weights, support requirements, and piping connections.
C. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer.
D. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listings.
E. Maintenance Materials: Furnish Owner with one wrench for every five plug valves, in each size of square plug valve head.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer:
1. Obtain valves for each valve type from single manufacturer.
2. Company must specialize in manufacturing products specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience.
B. Welding Materials and Procedures: Comply with ASME BPVC-IX.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows:
1. Minimize exposure of operable surfaces by setting plug and ball valves to open position.
2. Protect valve parts exposed to piped medium against rust and corrosion.
3. Protect valve piping connections such as weld ends, threads, and flange faces.
4. Secure check valves in either the closed position or open position.
5. Adjust butterfly valves to closed or partially closed position.
B. Use the following precautions during storage:
1. Maintain valve end protection and protect flanges and specialties from dirt. a. Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps.
b. Maintain caps in place until installation.
2. Store valves in shipping containers and maintain in place until installation. a. Store valves indoors in dry environment.
b. Store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures when indoor storage is not an option.
1.07 EXERCISE THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING:
A. Handle large valves with sling, modified to avoid damage to exposed parts.
B. Avoid the use of operating handles or stems as rigging or lifting points.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 APPLICATIONS
A. See drawings for specific valve locations.
B. Provide the following valves for the applications if not indicated on drawings:
1. Shutoff: Ball, plug.
2. Throttling: Provide ball.
3. Swing Check (Pump Outlet):
a. 2 NPS and Smaller: Bronze swing check valves with bronze or nonmetallic disc.
C. Substitutions of valves with higher CWP classes or SWP ratings for same valve types are permitted when specified CWP ratings or SWP classes are not available.
D. Required Valve End Connections for Non-Wafer Types:
1. Steel Pipe:
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping 22 05 23 - 3
a. 2 NPS and Smaller: Threaded ends.
2. Copper Tube:
a. 2 NPS and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder-joint valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below.
E. Domestic, Hot and Cold Water Valves:
1. 2 NPS and Smaller:
a. Bronze: Provide with threaded ends.
b. Ball: Two piece, full port, bronze with stainless-steel trim. c. Bronze Swing Check: Class 125, bronze disc.
2. 2-1/2 NPS and Larger:
a. Iron, 2-1/2 NPS to 4 NPS: Provide with flanged ends. b. Iron Ball: Class 150.
2.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: No less than rating indicated; as required for system pressures and temperatures.
B. Valve Sizes: Match upstream piping unless otherwise indicated.
C. Valve Actuator Types:
1. Hand Lever: Quarter-turn valves 3 NPS and smaller except plug valves.
2. Wrench: Plug valves with square heads.
D. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2 NPS stem extensions and the following features:
1. Ball Valves: Extended operating handle of non-thermal-conductive material, and protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation.
2. Butterfly Valves: Extended neck.
E. Valve-End Connections:
1. Threaded End Valves: ASME B1.20.1.
2. Flanges on Iron Valves: ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves.
3. Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings 3 NPS through 4 NPS: ASME B16.5.
4. Solder Joint Connections: ASME B16.18.
F. General ASME Compliance:
1. Ferrous Valve Dimensions and Design Criteria: ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34.
2. Solder-joint Connections: ASME B16.18.
3. Building Services Piping Valves: ASME B31.9.
G. Valve Materials for Potable Water: NSF 61 and NSF 372.
H. Bronze Valves:
1. Fabricate from dezincification resistant material.
2. Copper alloys containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted.
I. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45.
J. Source Limitations: Obtain each valve type from a single manufacturer.
2.03 BRASS BALL VALVES
A. Two Piece, Full Port with Brass Trim:
1. Comply with MSS SP-110.
2. SWP Rating: 150 psig.
3. CWP Rating: 600 psig.
4. Body: Forged brass.
5. Ends: Threaded.
6. Seats: PTFE.
7. Stem: Brass.
8. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
2.04 BRONZE BALL VALVES
A. Two Piece, Full Port with Stainless Steel Trim:
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping 22 05 23 - 4
1. Comply with MSS SP-110.
2. SWP Rating: 150 psig.
3. CWP Rating: 600 psig.
4. Body: Bronze.
5. Ends: Threaded.
6. Seats: PTFE or TFE.
7. Stem: Stainless steel.
8. Ball: Stainless steel, vented.
2.05 STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES
A. Two Piece, Full Port with Stainless Steel Trim:
1. Comply with MSS SP-110.
2. SWP Rating: 150 psig.
3. CWP Rating: 1000 psig.
4. Body: Stainless steel.
5. Seats: PFTE.
6. Stem: Stainless steel.
7. Ball: Stainless steel.
2.06 IRON BALL VALVES
A. Class 125, Full Port, Stainless Steel Trim:
1. Comply with MSS SP-72.
2. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
3. Body: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12, ductile iron.
4. Ends: Flanged.
5. Seats: PTFE or TFE.
6. Stem: Stainless steel.
7. Ball: Stainless steel.
8. Operator: Lever, with locking handle.
2.07 BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES
A. Class 125: CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa).
1. Comply with MSS SP-80, Type 3.
2. Design: Horizontal flow.
3. Body: Bronze, ASTM B62.
4. Ends: Threaded as indicated.
5. Disc: Bronze.
2.08 LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES
A. Regular Gland and Cylindrical with Threaded Ends:
1. Comply with MSS SP-78, Type II.
2. Class 125: CWP Rating: 200 psig.
3. Class 250: CWP Rating: 400 psig.
4. Body: ASTM A48/A48M or ASTM A126, cast iron with lubrication sealing system.
5. Pattern: Regular or short.
6. Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Discard all packing materials and verify that valve interior, including threads and flanges are completely clean without signs of damage or degradation that could result in leakage.
B. Verify valve parts to be fully operational in all positions from closed to fully open.
C. Confirm gasket material to be suitable for the service, to be of correct size, and without defects that could compromise effectiveness.
D. Should valve is determined to be defective, replace with new valve.
3.02 INSTALLATION
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping 22 05 23 - 5
A. Provide unions or flanges with valves to facilitate equipment removal and maintenance while maintaining system operation and full accessibility for servicing.
B. Provide separate valve support as required and locate valve with stem at or above center of piping, maintaining unimpeded stem movement.
C. Where valve support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welds.
D. Install check valves where necessary to maintain direction of flow as follows:
1. Swing Check: Install horizontal maintaining hinge pin level.
END OF SECTION 22 05 23
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and
Equipment 22 05 29 - 1
SECTION 22 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Support and attachment components for equipment, piping, and other plumbing work.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2017.
B. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2023.
C. ASTM A181/A181M - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings, for General-Purpose Piping; 2023.
D. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2019.
E. ASTM A47/A47M - Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings; 1999, with Editorial Revision (2022).
F. ASTM B633 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel; 2023.
G. ASTM D635 - Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position; 2022.
H. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2023c.
I. MFMA-4 - Metal Framing Standards Publication; 2004.
J. MSS SP-58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation; 2018, with Amendment (2019).
K. UL 723 - Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate sizes and arrangement of supports and bases with the actual equipment and components to be installed.
2. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide additional framing and materials required for installation.
3. Coordinate compatibility of support and attachment components with mounting surfaces at the installed locations.
4. Coordinate the arrangement of supports with ductwork, piping, equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others.
5. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
B. Sequencing:
1. Do not install products on or provide attachment to concrete surfaces until concrete has fully cured in accordance with Section 03 30 00.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for metal channel (strut) framing systems, non-penetrating rooftop supports, post-installed concrete and masonry anchors, and thermal insulated pipe supports.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with applicable building code.
B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements.
C. Installer Qualifications for Field-Welding: As specified in Section 05 50 00.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and
Equipment 22 05 29 - 2
D. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS
A. General Requirements:
1. Comply with MSS SP-58.
2. Provide all required hangers, supports, anchors, fasteners, fittings, accessories, and hardware as necessary for the complete installation of plumbing work.
3. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended, where applicable.
4. Where support and attachment component types and sizes are not indicated, select in accordance with manufacturer's application criteria as required for the load to be supported. Include consideration for vibration, equipment operation, and shock loads where applicable.
5. Do not use wire, chain, perforated pipe strap, or wood for permanent supports unless specifically indicated or permitted.
6. Steel Components: Use corrosion resistant materials suitable for the environment where installed.
a. Indoor Dry Locations: Use zinc-plated steel or approved equivalent unless otherwise indicated.
b. Outdoor and Damp or Wet Indoor (Pool Mechanical Room) Locations: Use galvanized steel, stainless steel, or approved equivalent unless otherwise indicated. c. Zinc-Plated Steel: Electroplated in accordance with ASTM B633. d. Galvanized Steel: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M or ASTM A153/A153M.
B. Metal Channel (Strut) Framing Systems:
1. Provide factory-fabricated continuous-slot metal channel (strut) and associated fittings, accessories, and hardware required for field-assembly of supports.
2. Comply with MFMA-4.
3. Channel Material:
a. Indoor Dry Locations: Use galvanized steel.
b. Outdoor and Damp or Wet Indoor Locations: Use galvanized steel.
C. Hanger Rods: Threaded zinc-plated steel unless otherwise indicated.
1. Minimum Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated or Required:
a. Equipment Supports: 1/2 inch diameter.
b. Piping up to 1 inch (27 mm) nominal: 1/4 inch diameter. c. Piping larger than 1 inch (27 mm) nominal: 3/8 inch diameter. d. Trapeze Support for Multiple Pipes: 3/8 inch diameter.
D. Pipe Supports:
1. Liquid Temperatures Up To 122 degrees F:
a. Overhead Support: MSS SP-58 Types 1, 3 through 12.
b. Support From Below: MSS SP-58 Types 35 through 38.
E. Beam Clamps: MSS SP-58 Types 19 through 23, 25 or 27 through 30 based on required load.
1. Material: ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel or ASTM A181/A181M forged steel.
2. Provide clamps with hardened steel cup-point set screws and lock-nuts for anchoring in place.
F. Riser Clamps:
1. Provide copper plated clamps for copper tubing support.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and
Equipment 22 05 29 - 3
2. For insulated pipe runs, provide two bolt-type clamps designed for installation under insulation.
G. Offset Pipe Clamps: Double-leg design two-piece pipe clamp.
H. Strut Clamps: Two-piece pipe clamp.
I. Insulation Clamps: Two bolt-type clamps designed for installation under insulation.
J. Pipe Hangers: For a given pipe run use hangers of the same type and material.
1. Material: Malleable iron, ASTM A47/A47M; or carbon steel, ASTM A36/A36M.
2. Provide coated or plated hangers to isolate steel hangers from dissimilar metal tube or pipe.
K. Pipe Alignment Guides: Galvanized steel.
1. Pipe Diameter 6" inches and Smaller: Spider or sleeve type.
L. Dielectric Barriers: Provide between metallic supports and metallic piping and associated items of dissimilar type; acceptable dielectric barriers include rubber or plastic sheets or coatings attached securely to pipe or item.
M. Non-Penetrating Rooftop Supports for Low-Slope Roofs:
1. Provide steel pedestals with thermoplastic or rubber base that rest on top of roofing membrane, not requiring any attachment to the roof structure and not penetrating the roofing assembly, with support fixtures as specified.
2. Base Sizes: As required to distribute load sufficiently to prevent indentation of roofing assembly.
3. Attachment/Support Fixtures: As recommended by manufacturer, same type as indicated for equivalent indoor hangers and supports.
4. Mounting Height: Provide minimum clearance of 6 inches under supported component to top of roofing.
N. Anchors and Fasteners:
1. Manufacturers - Mechanical Anchors:
a. Hilti, Inc: www.us.hilti.com/#sle.
b. ITW Red Head, a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc: www.itwredhead.com/#sle. c. Powers Fasteners, Inc: www.powers.com/#sle.
d. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc: www.strongtie.com/#sle.
2. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the anchor and fastener types indicated for the specified applications.
3. Concrete: Use preset concrete inserts, expansion anchors, or screw anchors.
4. Solid or Grout-Filled Masonry: Use expansion anchors or screw anchors.
5. Hollow Masonry: Use toggle bolts.
6. Hollow Stud Walls: Use toggle bolts.
7. Steel: Use beam clamps, machine bolts, or welded threaded studs.
8. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws.
9. Plastic and lead anchors are not permitted.
10. Powder-actuated fasteners are not permitted.
11. Hammer-driven anchors and fasteners are not permitted.
12. Preset Concrete Inserts: Continuous metal channel (strut) and spot inserts specifically designed to be cast in concrete ceilings, walls, and floors. a. Comply with MFMA-4.
b. Channel Material: Use galvanized steel.
c. Minimum Channel Thickness: Steel sheet, 12 gage, 0.1046 inch minimum base metal thickness.
d. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of metal channel (strut) framing system.
13. Post-Installed Concrete and Masonry Anchors: Evaluated and recognized by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC (ICC-ES) for compliance with applicable building code.
O. Pipe Installation Accessories:
1. Copper Pipe Supports:
a. Manufacturers:
1) HoldRite, a brand of Reliance Worldwide Corporation: www.holdrite.com/#sle.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and
Equipment 22 05 29 - 4
2) Source Limitations: Furnish supports, associated fittings, accessories, and hardware produced by a single manufacturer.
2. CPVC Pipe Supports:
a. Manufacturers:
1) HoldRite, a brand of Reliance Worldwide Corporation: www.holdrite.com/#sle. 2) Source Limitations: Furnish supports, associated fittings, accessories, and hardware produced by a single manufacturer.
3. Thermal Insulated Pipe Supports:
a. Manufacturers:
1) HoldRite, a brand of Reliance Worldwide Corporation: www.holdrite.com/#sle. 2) Source Limitations: Furnish supports, associated fittings, accessories, and hardware produced by a single manufacturer.
4. Overhead Pipe Supports:
a. Manufacturers:
1) HoldRite, a brand of Reliance Worldwide Corporation: www.holdrite.com/#sle. 2) Source Limitations: Furnish supports, associated fittings, accessories, and hardware produced by a single manufacturer.
5. Plenum Pipe Supports:
a. Manufacturers:
1) HoldRite, a brand of Reliance Worldwide Corporation: www.holdrite.com/#sle. 2) Source Limitations: Furnish supports, associated fittings, accessories, and hardware produced by a single manufacturer.
6. Inserts and Clamps:
a. Manufacturers:
1) HoldRite, a brand of Reliance Worldwide Corporation: www.holdrite.com/#sle. 2) Source Limitations: Furnish supports, associated fittings, accessories, and hardware produced by a single manufacturer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive support and attachment components.
C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services, LLC (ICC-ES) evaluation report conditions of use where applicable.
C. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, conduit, or other systems.
D. Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect, do not provide support from suspended ceiling support system or ceiling grid.
E. Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect, do not provide support from roof deck.
F. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members without approval of Structural Engineer.
G. Provide thermal insulated pipe supports complete with hangers and accessories. Install thermal insulated pipe supports during the installation of the piping system.
H. Equipment Support and Attachment:
1. Use metal fabricated supports or supports assembled from metal channel (strut) to support equipment as required.
2. Use metal channel (strut) secured to studs to support equipment surface-mounted on hollow stud walls when wall strength is not sufficient to resist pull-out.
3. Use metal channel (strut) to support surface-mounted equipment in wet or damp locations to provide space between equipment and mounting surface.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and
Equipment 22 05 29 - 5
4. Securely fasten floor-mounted equipment. Do not install equipment such that it relies on its own weight for support.
I. Preset Concrete Inserts: Use manufacturer provided closure strips to inhibit concrete seepage during concrete pour.
J. Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings.
K. Remove temporary supports.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Inspect support and attachment components for damage and defects.
C. Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion.
D. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective support and attachment components.
END OF SECTION 22 05 29
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping
and Equipment 22 05 48 - 1
SECTION 22 05 48
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Vibration isolation requirements.
B. Seismic control requirements.
C. Vibration-isolated equipment support bases.
D. Vibration isolators.
E. Seismic restraint systems.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Plumbing Component: Where referenced in this section in regards to seismic controls, applies to any portion of the plumbing system subject to seismic evaluation in accordance with applicable codes, including distributed systems (e.g., piping).
B. Seismic Restraint: Structural members or assemblies of members or manufactured elements specifically designed and applied for transmitting seismic forces between components and the seismic force-resisting system of the structure.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures; Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard.
B. ASCE 19 - Structural Applications of Steel Cables for Buildings; 2016.
C. FEMA 412 - Installing Seismic Restraints for Mechanical Equipment; 2014.
D. FEMA 413 - Installing Seismic Restraints for Electrical Equipment; 2004.
E. FEMA 414 - Installing Seismic Restraints for Duct and Pipe; 2004.
F. FEMA E-74 - Reducing the Risks of Nonstructural Earthquake Damage; 2012.
G. ICC (IBC) - International Building Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
H. ICC-ES AC156 - Acceptance Criteria for Seismic Certification by Shake-Table Testing of Nonstructural Components; 2010, with Editorial Revision (2020).
I. MFMA-4 - Metal Framing Standards Publication; 2004.
J. SMACNA (SRM) - Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems; 2008.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate selection and arrangement of vibration isolation and/or seismic control components with the actual equipment to be installed.
2. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide additional framing and materials required for installation.
3. Coordinate compatibility of support and attachment components with mounting surfaces at the installed locations.
4. Seismic Controls:
a. Coordinate the arrangement of seismic restraints with piping, conduit, equipment, and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. b. Coordinate the work with other trades to accommodate relative positioning of essential and nonessential components in consideration of seismic interaction.
5. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
B. Sequencing:
1. Do not install products on or provide attachment to concrete surfaces until concrete has fully cured in accordance with Section 03 30 00.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping
and Equipment 22 05 48 - 2
A. Comply with applicable building code.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 VIBRATION ISOLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide vibration isolation systems to reduce vibration transmission to supporting structure from vibration-producing plumbing equipment and/or plumbing connections to vibration-isolated equipment.
B. Comply with applicable general recommendations of ASHRAE (HVACA), where not in conflict with other specified requirements:
C. General Requirements:
1. Select vibration isolators to provide required static deflection.
2. Select vibration isolators for uniform deflection based on distributed operating weight of actual installed equipment.
D. Piping Isolation:
1. Provide vibration isolators for piping supports:
a. Located in equipment rooms.
b. Located within 50 feet of connected vibration-isolated equipment and pressure- regulating valve (PRV) stations.
c. For piping over 2 inch located below or within 50 feet of noise-sensitive areas indicated.
2.02 SEISMIC CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
A. Design and provide plumbing component restraints, supports, and attachments suitable for seismic loads determined in accordance with applicable codes, as well as gravity and operating loads and other structural design considerations of the installed location. Consider wind loads for outdoor plumbing components.
B. Seismic Design Criteria: Obtain from project Structural Engineer of Record.
C. Premanufactured Modular Plumbing Equipment: Where not otherwise seismically qualified, premanufactured modules 6 feet high and taller furnished under other sections to be designed in accordance with seismic provisions for nonbuilding structures.
D. Seismic Restraints:
1. Provide seismic restraints for plumbing components except where exempt according to applicable codes and specified seismic design criteria, as approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Seismic Restraint Exemptions:
a. Exemptions for Seismic Design Category C:
1) Plumbing components where either of the following apply:
(a) The component importance factor (Ip) is 1.0 and the component is positively attached to the structure.
(b) The component weighs 20 pounds or less or, in the case of a distributed system, 5 pounds per foot or less.
2) Plumbing piping with component importance factor (Ip) of 1.5 and nominal pipe size of 2 inch or less, where flexible connections, expansion loops, or other assemblies are provided between piping and associated components, and where piping is positively attached to the structure; exemption does not apply to piping constructed of low-deformability materials (e.g., cast iron, glass, nonductile plastics).
b. Plumbing Piping Exemptions, All Seismic Design Categories:
1) Plumbing piping where flexible connections, expansion loops, or other assemblies are provided between piping and associated components, where piping is positively attached to the structure, and where one of the following apply:
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping
and Equipment 22 05 48 - 3
(a) Trapeze supported piping weighing less than 10 pounds per foot, where all pipes supported meet size requirements for exemption as single pipes described under specific seismic design category exemptions above. (b) Trapeze supported piping with trapeze assemblies using 3/8 inch diameter rod hangers not exceeding 12 inches in length from support point connection to the supporting structure, where all pipes supported have a component importance factor (Ip) of 1.0 and meet size requirements for exemption as single pipes described under specific seismic design category exemptions above, and where the total weight supported by any single trapeze is 100 pounds or less.
(c) Trapeze supported piping with trapeze assemblies using 1/2 inch diameter rod hangers not exceeding 12 inches in length from support point connection to the supporting structure, where all pipes supported have a component importance factor (Ip) of 1.0 and meet size requirements for exemption as single pipes described under specific seismic design category exemptions above, and where the total weight supported by any single trapeze is 200 pounds or less.
(d) Trapeze supported piping with trapeze assemblies using 1/2 inch diameter rod hangers not exceeding 24 inches in length from support point connection to the supporting structure, where all pipes supported have a component importance factor (Ip) of 1.0 and meet size requirements for exemption as single pipes described under specific seismic design category exemptions above, and where the total weight supported by any single trapeze is 100 pounds or less.
(e) Hanger supported piping with individual rod hangers 3/8 inch or 1/2 inch in diameter not exceeding 12 inches in length from support point connection to the supporting structure, where pipe has a component importance factor (Ip) of 1.0 and meets size requirements for exemption as single pipes described under specific seismic design category exemptions above, and where the total weight supported by any single rod is 50 pounds or less.
3. Comply with applicable general recommendations of the following, where not in conflict with applicable codes, seismic design criteria, or other specified requirements:
a. FEMA 412.
b. FEMA 413.
c. FEMA 414.
d. FEMA E-74.
e. SMACNA (SRM).
4. Seismic restraint capacities to be verified by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) or certified by an independent third-party registered professional engineer acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
5. Seismic Restraint Systems:
a. Except where otherwise restricted, use of either cable or rigid restraints is permitted. b. Use only cable restraints to restrain vibration-isolated plumbing components, including distributed systems.
c. Use only one restraint system type for a given plumbing component or distributed system (e.g., piping) run; mixing of cable and rigid restraints on a given component/run is not permitted.
d. Size restraint elements, including anchorage, to resist seismic loads as necessary to restrain plumbing component in all lateral directions; consider bracket geometry in anchor load calculations.
e. Use rod stiffener clips to attach bracing to hanger rods as required to prevent rod buckling from vertical (upward) compressive load introduced by cable or rigid restraints loaded in tension, in excess of downward tensile load due to supported plumbing component weight.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping
and Equipment 22 05 48 - 4
f. Select hanger rods and associated anchorage as required to accommodate vertical (downward) tensile load introduced by rigid restraints loaded in compression, in addition to downward tensile load due to supported plumbing component weight. g. Clevis hangers may only be used for attachment of transverse restraints; do not use for attachment of longitudinal restraints.
h. Where seismic restraints are attached to clevis hangers, provide clevis bolt reinforcement accessory to prevent clevis hanger deformation. i. Do not introduce lateral loads on open bar joist chords or the weak axis of beams, or loads in any direction at other than panel points unless approved by project Structural Engineer of Record.
E. Seismic Attachments:
1. Attachments to be bolted, welded, or otherwise positively fastened without consideration of frictional resistance produced by the effects of gravity.
2. Post-Installed Concrete and Masonry Anchors: Evaluated and recognized by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC (ICC-ES) for compliance with applicable building code, and qualified for seismic applications; concrete anchors to be qualified for installation in both cracked and uncracked concrete.
3. Do not use power-actuated fasteners except where permitted by applicable code.
4. Do not use friction clips (devices that rely on mechanically applied friction to resist loads) except where permitted by applicable code. Beam clamps may be used for supporting sustained loads where provided with restraining straps.
5. Comply with anchor minimum embedment, minimum spacing, minimum member thickness, and minimum edge distance requirements.
6. Concrete Housekeeping Pads:
a. Increase size of pad as required to comply with anchor requirements. b. Provide pad reinforcement and doweling to ensure integrity of pad and connection and to provide adequate load path from pad to supporting structure.
F. Seismic Interactions:
1. Include provisions to prevent seismic impact between plumbing components and other structural or nonstructural components.
2. Include provisions such that failure of a component, either essential or nonessential, does not cause the failure of an essential component.
G. Seismic Relative Displacement Provisions:
1. Use suitable fittings or flexible connections to accommodate:
a. Relative displacements at connections between components, including distributed systems (e.g., piping); do not exceed load limits for equipment utility connections. b. Relative displacements between component supports attached to dissimilar parts of structure that may move differently during an earthquake. c. Design displacements at seismic separations.
d. Anticipated drifts between floors.
2.03 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEMS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Source Limitations: Furnish seismic restraint system components and accessories produced by a single manufacturer and obtained from a single supplier.
B. Description: System components and accessories specifically designed for field assembly and attachment of seismic restraints.
C. Cable Restraints:
1. Comply with ASCE 19.
2. Cables: Pre-stretched, galvanized steel wire rope with certified break strength.
3. Cable Connections: Use only swaged end fittings. Cable clips and wedge type end fittings are not permitted in accordance with ASCE 19.
4. Use protective thimbles for cable loops where potential for cable damage exists.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping
and Equipment 22 05 48 - 5
D. Rigid Restraints: Use MFMA-4 steel channel (strut) for structural element; suitable for both compressive and tensile design loads.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services, LLC (ICC-ES) evaluation report conditions of use where applicable.
C. Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings.
D. Install flexible piping connections to provide sufficient slack for vibration isolation and/or seismic relative displacements as indicated or as required.
E. Vibration Isolation Systems:
1. Clean debris from beneath vibration-isolated equipment that could cause short-circuiting of isolation.
2. Use elastomeric grommets for attachments where required to prevent short-circuiting of isolation.
3. Adjust isolators to be free of isolation short circuits during normal operation.
4. Do not overtighten fasteners such that resilient material isolator pads are compressed beyond manufacturer's maximum recommended deflection.
F. Seismic Controls:
1. Use only specified components, anchorage, and hardware evaluated by seismic design.
Comply with conditions of seismic certification where applicable.
2. Where mounting hole diameter exceeds bolt diameter by more than 0.125 inch, use epoxy grout, elastomeric grommet, or welded washer to reduce clearance to 0.125 inch or less.
3. Equipment with Sheet Metal Housings:
a. Use Belleville washers to distribute stress over a larger surface area of the sheet metal connection interface as approved by manufacturer. b. Attach additional steel as approved by manufacturer where required to transfer loads to structure.
c. Where mounting surface is irregular, do not shim housing; reinforce housing with additional steel as approved by manufacturer.
4. Concrete Housekeeping Pads:
a. Size in accordance with seismic design to meet anchor requirements. b. Install pad reinforcement and doweling in accordance with seismic design to ensure integrity of pad and associated connection to slab.
5. Seismic Restraint Systems:
a. Do not attach seismic restraints and gravity supports to dissimilar parts of structure that may move differently during an earthquake.
b. Install restraints within permissible angles in accordance with seismic design. c. Install cable restraints straight between component/run and structural attachment; do not bend around other nonstructural components or structural elements. d. Install cable restraints for vibration-isolated components slightly slack to prevent short-circuiting of isolation.
e. Install hanger rod stiffeners where indicated using only specified clamps; do not weld stiffeners to hanger rod.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Inspect vibration isolation and/or seismic control components for damage and defects.
C. Vibration Isolation Systems:
1. Verify isolator static deflections.
2. Verify vibration isolation performance during normal operation; investigate sources of isolation short circuits.
D. Seismic Controls:
1. Verify snubbing element air gaps.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping
and Equipment 22 05 48 - 6
E. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective vibration isolation and/or seismic control components.
END OF SECTION 22 05 48
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 53 - 1 SECTION 22 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. SECTION INCLUDES
1. Equipment Labels.
2. Warning signs and labels.
3. Pipe labels.
4. Valve tags.
5. Warning tags.
1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 09 91 23 - Interior Painting: Identification painting.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems; 2023.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
C. Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification material and device.
D. Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed content for each label.
E. Valve numbering scheme.
F. Valve Schedule: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals.
G. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged valves.
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied.
B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors.
C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT LABLES
A. Plastic Labels for Equipment:
1. Material and Thickness Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
2. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C).
3. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm).
4. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.
5. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
6. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
B. Label Content: Include equipment's drawing designation or unique equipment number, drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 53 - 2
2.02 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS
A. Material and Thickness Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
B. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C).
C. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm).
D. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.
E. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
F. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
G. Label Content: Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification instructions.
2.03 PIPE LABELS
A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction.
B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference fo pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive.
C. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing.
D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction.
1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction.
2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) high.
2.04 VALVE TAGS
A. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2 inch (13 mm) numbers.
1. Tag Material: Brass, 0.032 inch (0.8 mm) minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware.
2. Fasteners: Bras wire-link or beaded chain; or S-hook.
B. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2 by 11 inch (A4) bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses.
1. Valve tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.
2.05 WARNING TAGS
A. Warning Tags: Preprinted or partially preprinted, accident-prevention tags, of plasticized card stock with matte finish suitable for writing.
1. Size: Approximately 4 by 7 inches (100 by 178 mm).
2. Fasteners: Brass grommet and wire.
3. Nomenclature: Large-size primary caption such as "DANGER", "CAUTION", or "DO NOT OPERATE".
4. Color: Yellow background with black lettering.
2.06 IDENTIFICATION APPLICATIONS
A. Piping: Tags.
B. Pumps: Nameplates.
C. Valves: Tags and ceiling tacks where located above lay-in ceiling.
D. Water Heater: Nameplates.
2.07 NAMEPLATES
A. Manufacturers:
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 53 - 3
1. Brimar Industries, Inc: www.pipemarker.com/#sle.
2. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co: www.kolbipipemarkers.com/#sle.
3. Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com/#sle.
B. Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved letters.
1. Letter Color: White.
2. Letter Height: 1/2 inch.
3. Background Color: Black.
4. Plastic: Comply with ASTM D709.
2.08 TAGS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Advanced Graphic Engraving: www.advancedgraphicengraving.com/#sle.
2. Brady Corporation: www.bradycorp.com/#sle.
3. Brimar Industries, Inc: www.pipemarker.com/#sle.
4. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co: www.kolbipipemarkers.com/#sle.
5. Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com/#sle.
B. Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter.
2.09 PIPE MARKERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Brady Corporation: www.bradycorp.com/#sle.
2. Brimar Industries, Inc: www.pipemarker.com/#sle.
3. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co: www.kolbipipemarkers.com/#sle.
4. MIFAB, Inc: www.mifab.com/#sle.
5. Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com/#sle.
B. Comply with ASME A13.1.
C. Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi- rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering; minimum information indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed.
D. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings.
E. Underground Plastic Pipe Markers: Bright colored continuously printed plastic ribbon tape, minimum 6 inches wide by 4 mil thick, manufactured for direct burial service.
F. Color code as follows:
1. Potable, Cooling, Boiler, Feed, Other Water: Green with white letters.
2. Fire Quenching Fluids: Red with white letters.
3. Toxic and Corrosive Fluids: Orange with black letters.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants.
B. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials.
3.02 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION
A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equiment.
B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.
3.03 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION
A. Piping Color-Coding: Painting of piping is specified in other sections.
B. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums, and exterior exposed locations as follows:
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 53 - 4
1. Near each valve and control device.
2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units.
Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch.
3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures.
4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping.
5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet ( 15m) along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet (7.6 m) in areas of congested piping and equipment.
7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately space labels.
3.04 VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION
A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves, valves within factory-fabricated equipment units, shutoff valves, faucets, convenience and lawn-watering hose connections, and similiar rough-in connections on end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule.
B. Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme and with captions similiar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs:
1. Valve-Tag Size and Shape:
a. Cold Water: 2 inches (50 mm) round.
b. Hot Water: 2 inches (50 mm) round.
3.05 WARNING-TAG INSTALLATION
A. Write required message on, and attach warning tags to equipment and other items where required.
3.06 INSTALLATION
A. Install plastic nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. Apply with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer.
B. Install tags with corrosion resistant chain.
C. Install plastic pipe markers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Install plastic tape pipe markers complete around pipe in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
E. Install underground plastic pipe markers 6 to 8 inches below finished grade, directly above buried pipe.
F. Use tags on piping 3/4 inch diameter and smaller.
1. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure.
2. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping.
3. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and Tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction.
END OF SECTION 22 05 53
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Plumbing Piping Insulation 22 07 19 - 1
SECTION 22 07 19
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Insulation Materials:
a. Flexible elastomeric.
b. Mineral fiber.
2. Adhesives.
3. Sealants.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2014.
B. ASTM B209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate (Metric); 2014.
C. ASTM C177 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus; 2019, with Editorial Revision (2023).
D. ASTM C534/C534M - Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form; 2023.
E. ASTM C547 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation; 2022a.
F. ASTM C795 - Standard Specification for Thermal Insulation for Use in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel; 2008 (Reapproved 2023).
G. ASTM D1056 - Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials—Sponge or Expanded Rubber; 2020.
H. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2023c.
I. ASTM E96/E96M - Standard Test Methods for Gravimetric Determination of Water Vapor Transmission Rate of Materials; 2022a, with Editorial Revision (2023).
J. UL 723 - Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any).
C. Qualification Data: For qualified installer.
D. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests and test methods employed.
E. Field quality-control reports.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Plumbing Piping Insulation 22 07 19 - 2
B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire-test- response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less.
2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of 150 or less.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by mnufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping installer for piping insulation application and equipment installer for equipment insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field- applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance.
1.08 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have stisfactory test results.
B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction.
1.09 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient conditions required by manufacturers of each product.
B. Maintain temperature before, during, and after installation for minimum of 24 hours.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 INSULATION MATERIALS
A. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
B. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC of HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process.
C. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723.
D. Flexible Elastomeric: Closed-cell, sponge or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Aeroflex USA Inc; Aerocel.
b. Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex.
c. RBX Corporation; Insul-Sheet 1800 and Insul-Tube 180.
E. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation:
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Fibrex Insulations Inc; Coreplus 1200.
b. Johns Manville; Micro-Lok.
c. Knauf Insulation; 1000 Pipe Insulation.
d. Manson Insulation Inc; Alley-K
e. Owens Corning; Fiberglass Pipe Insulation.
2.02 ADHESIVES
A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Flexible Elastomeric: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class 1.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Plumbing Piping Insulation 22 07 19 - 3
1. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
C. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.
1. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
D. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC Jacket:
1. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2.03 SEALANTS
A. Joint Sealants:
1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
2. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F (Minus 73 to plus 149 deg C).
4. Color: White or gray.
5. For indoor applications, use sealants that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
B. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
2. Fire and water resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C).
4. Color: Aluminum.
5. For indoor applications, use sealants that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
C. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
2. Fire and water resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C).
4. Color: White.
5. For indoor applications, use sealants that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723.
2.05 GLASS FIBER
A. Manufacturers:
1. CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com.
2. Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com.
3. Knauf Insulation: www.knaufusa.com.
4. Owens Corning Corporation; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation ASJ:
www.ocbuildingspec.com/#sle.
5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Insulation: ASTM C547and ASTM C795; rigid molded, noncombustible, with wicking material to transport condensed water to the outside of the system for evaporation to the atmosphere.
1. 'K' Value: ASTM C177, 0.23 at 75 degrees F.
2. Maximum Service Temperature: 220 degrees F.
3. Maximum Moisture Absorption: 0.2 percent by volume.
C. Vapor Barrier Jacket: White Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film; moisture vapor transmission when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M of 0.02 perm- inches.
2.06 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Plumbing Piping Insulation 22 07 19 - 4
A. Manufacturer:
1. Aeroflex USA, Inc: www.aeroflexusa.com.
2. Armacell LLC: www.armacell.us.
3. K-Flex USA LLC: www.kflexusa.com.
4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Insulation: Preformed flexible elastomeric cellular rubber insulation complying with ASTM C534/C534M Grade 1; use molded tubular material wherever possible.
1. Minimum Service Temperature: Minus 40 degrees F.
2. Maximum Service Temperature: 220 degrees F.
3. Connection: Waterproof vapor barrier adhesive.
2.07 JACKETS
A. PVC Plastic.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com/#sle.
B. PVC Jacket: One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white color.
1. Minimum Service Temperature: 0 degrees F.
2. Maximum Service Temperature: 150 degrees F.
3. Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.002 perm inch, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M.
4. Thickness: 10 mil.
5. Connections: Brush on welding adhesive.
6. Covering Adhesive Mastic: Compatible with insulation.
C. Aluminum Jacket: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M) formed aluminum sheet.
1. Thickness: 0.016 inch sheet.
2. Finish: Smooth.
3. Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch laps.
4. Fittings: 0.016 inch thick die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner.
5. Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide; 0.015 inch thick aluminum.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
1. Verify that system and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects.
2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry, with foreign material removed.
3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation apprlication.
B. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows:
1. Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils (0.127 mm) thick and an epoxy finish 5 mils (0.127 mm) thick if operating in a temperature range between 140 and 300 deg F (60 and 149 deg C). Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range.
2. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature range between 32 and 300 deg F (0 and 149 deg C) with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range.
C. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Plumbing Piping Insulation 22 07 19 - 5
D. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water.
3.03 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces, free of voids throughout the legth of equipment and piping including fittings, valves, and specialties.
B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thickness required for each item of equipment and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules.
C. Install accessories compatiable with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state.
D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
E. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachments devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.
F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
I. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.
1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install sheilds over jacket, arranged to protectjcaket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.
J. Apply adhesive, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses.
K. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:
1. Draw jacket tight and smooth.
2. Cover circumferential joints with 3 inch (75 mm) wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (100 mm) O.C.
3. Overlap jacket lonitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to recieve self-sealing lap.
Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches (50 mm) O.C.
4. For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.
5. Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal.
6. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings.
L. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent fo its nominal thickness.
M. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair separations and cracking due to thermal movement.
N. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints.
O. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
1. Vibration-control devices.
2. Testing agency labels and stamps.
3. Name plates and data plates.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Plumbing Piping Insulation 22 07 19 - 6
4. Manholes.
5. Handholes.
6. Cleanouts.
3.04 PENETRATIONS
A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetration.
1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant,. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications thighly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant.
3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm) below top of roof flashing.
4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.
B. Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant.
C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations.
1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2. For applicaitons requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulations, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant.
3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm).
4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.
D. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated):
Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.
E. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations for fire-rated walls and partitions.
1. Comply with requirements for firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers listed in other sections.
F. Requirements in this artical generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.
G. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions:
1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Insulated pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation.
3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive.
4. Insulate valves with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation fo same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less that two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing- box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Plumbing Piping Insulation 22 07 19 - 7
5. Insulate strainers with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement.
Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier.
6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation.
Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker.
7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below ambient services and a breather mastic for above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mech. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour.
8. For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions.
Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape.
9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "UNION". Match size and color of pipe lables.
3.05 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation.
4. Secure insulation to flange and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allows passage of air to surface being insulated.
C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation.
2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allows passage of air to surface being insulated.
D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available.
2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation.
3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allows passage of air to surface being insulated.
3.06 MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
1. Secure each layer of performed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials.
2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.
3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) O.C.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Plumbing Piping Insulation 22 07 19 - 8
4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.
B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circuference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight piping segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation.
4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch (25 mm) and seal joints with flashing sealant.
C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1. Install performed sections fo same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available.
2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.
D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available.
2. When performed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body.
3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without distrubing insulation.
4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
3.07 FINISHES
A. Equipment and Pipe Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Division 09 painting Sections.
1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatiable with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add Fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.
B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating.
C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work.
D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets.
3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
B. Perform test and inspections.
C. Tests and Inspections:
1. Inspect field-insulated equipment, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field- applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to on location(s) for each type of equipment defined in the "Equipment Insulation Schedule" Article. For large equipment, remove only a portion adequate to determine compliance.
2. Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations fo threaded strainers, tow locations of welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations of flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Pipe Insulation Schedule, General" Article.
3.09 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Plumbing Piping Insulation 22 07 19 - 9
A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more that one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following:
1. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces.
2. Underground piping.
3. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personal injury.
3.10 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
A. Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water:
1. NPS 1 (DN 25) and Smaller: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.
2. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) and Larger: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) thick.
B. Condensate and Equipment Drain Waer below 60 Deg F (16 deg C):
1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.
3.11 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install in accordance with North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (NAIMA) National Insulation Standards.
C. Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations.
D. Insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, and expansion joints.
E. For hot piping conveying fluids 140 degrees F or less, do not insulate flanges and unions at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation.
F. Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature:
1. Provide standard jackets, with or without vapor barrier, factory-applied or field-applied.
Secure with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips with pressure sensitive adhesive.
Secure with outward clinch expanding staples.
2. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers.
G. Inserts and Shields:
1. Application: Piping 1-1/2 inches diameter or larger.
2. Shields: Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts.
3. Insert Location: Between support shield and piping and under the finish jacket.
4. Insert Configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated.
5. Insert Material: Hydrous calcium silicate insulation or other heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned temperature range.
H. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe penetrations. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. At fire separations, refer to Section 07 84 00.
I. Pipe Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces (less than 10 feet above finished floor): Finish with aluminum jacket.
J. Exterior Applications: Provide vapor barrier jacket. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe, and finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier cement. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping.
END OF SECTION 22 07 19
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Piping 22 10 05 - 1
SECTION 22 10 05
PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Pipe, pipe fittings, specialties, and connections for piping systems.
1. Sanitary sewer.
2. Sanitary Vent.
3. Domestic water.
4. Storm water.
5. Flanges, unions, and couplings.
6. Pipe hangers and supports.
7. Manufactured sleeve-seal systems.
8. Valves.
9. Flow controls.
10. Check.
11. Relief valves.
12. Strainers.
13. Indirect and Condensate
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI Z21.22 - American National Standard for Relief Valves for Hot Water Supply Systems; 2015 (Reaffirmed 2020).
B. ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300; 2021.
C. ASME B16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; 2021.
D. ASME B16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings; 2021.
E. ASME B16.23 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings: DWV; 2021.
F. ASME B16.26 - Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes; 2018.
G. ASME B16.29 - Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings—DWV; 2017.
H. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping; 2020.
I. ASME BPVC-IX - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX - Qualification Standard for Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Procedures; Welders; Brazers; and Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Operators; 2021.
J. ASSE 1003 - Performance Requirements for Water Pressure Reducing Valves for Potable Water Distribution Systems; 2020.
K. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2022.
L. ASTM A74 - Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings; 2021.
M. ASTM B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal; 2020.
N. ASTM B42 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes; 2020.
O. ASTM B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube; 2022.
P. ASTM B88M - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube (Metric); 2020.
Q. ASTM B306 - Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWV); 2020.
R. ASTM B813 - Standard Specification for Liquid and Paste Fluxes for Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube; 2016.
S. ASTM B828 - Standard Practice for Making Capillary Joints by Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube and Fittings; 2016.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Piping 22 10 05 - 2
T. ASTM D2239 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter; 2022.
U. ASTM D2321- Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications
V. ASTM D2513 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings; 2020.
W. ASTM D2564 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems; 2020.
X. ASTM D2609 - Standard Specification for Plastic Insert Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe; 2021.
Y. ASTM D2665 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings; 2020.
Z. ASTM D2683 - Standard Specification for Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter-Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing; 2020.
AA. ASTM D2846/D2846M - Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Hot- and Cold-Water Distribution Systems; 2019a.
BB. ASTM D2855 - Standard Practice for the Two-Step (Primer and Solvent Cement) Method of Joining Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) or Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Pipe and Piping Components with Tapered Sockets; 2020.
CC. ASTM D3034 - Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings; 2021.
DD. ASTM F437 - Standard Specification for Threaded Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80; 2021.
EE. ASTM F438 - Standard Specification for Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40; 2017.
FF. ASTM F439 - Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80; 2019.
GG. ASTM F442/F442M - Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR); 2020.
HH. ASTM F477 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe; 2014 (Reapproved 2021).
II. ASTM F493 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings; 2022.
JJ. AWWA C550 - Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants; 2017.
KK. AWWA C651 - Disinfecting Water Mains; 2014, with Addendum (2020).
LL. AWWA C901 - Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 3/4 In. (19 mm) Through 3 In. (76 mm), for Water Service; 2020.
MM. CISPI 301 - Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications; 2021.
NN. CISPI 310 - Specification for Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications; 2020.
OO. ICC-ES AC01 - Acceptance Criteria for Expansion Anchors in Masonry Elements; 2018, with Editorial Revision (2020).
PP. ICC-ES AC106 - Acceptance Criteria for Predrilled Fasteners (Screw Anchors) in Masonry; 2018, with Editorial Revision (2020).
QQ. ICC-ES AC193 - Acceptance Criteria for Mechanical Anchors in Concrete Elements; 2017, with Editorial Revision (2020).
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Piping 22 10 05 - 3
RR. MSS SP-58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation; 2018, with Amendment (2019).
SS. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; 2022, with Errata.
TT. NSF 372 - Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content; 2022.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. Provide manufacturers catalog information. Indicate valve data and ratings.
C. Welder Certificate: Include welders certification of compliance with ASME BPVC-IX.
D. Product Origin: Each pipe and fitting shall be marked with the following: Manufacturer’s name or registered trademark, Country of Origin, date of manufacture (pipe materials only).
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work in accordance with applicable codes.
B. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body.
C. Welding Materials and Procedures: Comply with ASME BPVC-IX and applicable state labor regulations.
D. Welder Qualifications: Certified in accordance with ASME BPVC-IX.
E. Identify pipe with marking including size, ASTM material classification, ASTM specification, potable water certification, water pressure rating.
F. Made in USA: All piping products shall be manufactured and fabricated in the United States and produced from materials that is made and melted in the United States.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage.
B. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves.
C. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation.
D. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system.
1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Potable Water Supply Systems: Provide piping, pipe fittings, and solder and flux (if used), that comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for maximum lead content; label pipe and fittings.
2.02 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, BURIED BEYOND 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. PVC Pipe: ASTM D3034 DR 35.3034
1. Fittings: PVC.
2. Joints: Push-on, using ASTM F477 elastomeric gaskets.
B. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665 or ASTM D3034.
1. Fittings: PVC.
2. Joints: Solvent welded, with ASTM D2564 solvent cement.
2.03 SANITARY SEWER AND VENT PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Hubless Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings:
1. Pipe Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Piping 22 10 05 - 4
2. Joints: CISPI 310, neoprene gasket and stainless steel clamp and shield assemblies.
3. Shielded Couplings: ASTM C 1540 assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion- resistant fasteners and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. a. Sanitary Sewer And Vent Piping - Heavy-Duty, 4-band shielded, stainless-steel couplings, with stainless-steel corrugated shield; stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve.
2.04 SANITARY SEWER AND VENT PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A. Hubless Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings:
1. Pipe Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301.
2. Shielded Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion- resistant fasteners and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. a. Vent Piping - Standard, 2-band or 4-band shielded, stainless-steel couplings, CISPI 310, with stainless-steel corrugated shield; stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve.
3. Shielded Couplings: ASTM C 1540 assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion- resistant fasteners and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. a. Sanitary Sewer Piping - Heavy-Duty, 4-band shielded, stainless-steel couplings, with stainless-steel corrugated shield; stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve.
2.05 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, BURIED BEYOND 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. PE Pipe: ASTM D2239.
1. Fittings: ASTM D2609, PE.
2. Joints: Mechanical with stainless steel clamp.
B. PE Pipe: AWWA C901.
2.06 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Copper Pipe: ASTM B42, hard drawn.
1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22 wrought copper and bronze.
B. Copper Tube and Fittings:
1. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, drawn temper.
2. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B 16.22, wrought-copper pressure fittings.
3. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends.
4. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and- socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends.
C. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Type K water tube, annealed temper.
1. Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper pressure fittings.
2.07 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A. Copper Tube and Fittings:
1. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, drawn temper.
2. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B 16.22, wrought-copper pressure fittings.
3. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends.
4. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and- socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends.
B. CPVC Pipe: ASTM D2846/D2846M, ASTM F441/F441M, or ASTM F442/F442M.
1. Fittings: CPVC; ASTM D2846/D2846M, ASTM F437, ASTM F438, or ASTM F439.
2. Joints: ASTM D2846/D2846M, solvent weld with ASTM F493 solvent cement.
2.08 STORM WATER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Hubless Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings:
1. Pipe Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Piping 22 10 05 - 5
2. Shielded Couplings: ASTM C 1540 assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion- resistant fasteners and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. a. Heavy-Duty, 4-band shielded, stainless-steel couplings, with stainless-steel corrugated shield; stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve.
2.09 STORM WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A. Hubless Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings:
1. Pipe Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301.
2. Shielded Couplings: ASTM C 1540 assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion- resistant fasteners and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. a. Heavy-Duty, 4-band shielded, stainless-steel couplings, with stainless-steel corrugated shield; stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve.
2.10 NATURAL GAS PIPING, BURIED OUTSIDE OF BUILDING
A. Polyethylene Pipe: ASTM D2513, SDR 11.
1. PE Fittings: ASTM D 2683, socket-fusion type or ASTM D 3261, butt-fusion type with dimensions matching PE pipe.
2. PE Transition Fittings: Factory-fabricated fittings with PE pipe complying with ASTM D 2513, SDR 11 adn steel pipe complying with:
a. ASTM A106 or A53, hot-dipped galvanized steel, Schedule 40, Type E, Grade B for sizes 1/2" - 1-1/2".
b. ASTM A53, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E, Grade B for sizes 2" - 8".
3. Anodeless Service-Line Risers: Factory fabricated and leak tested. a. Underground Portion: PE pipe complying with ASTM D 2513, SDR 11 inet. b. Casing: Steel pipe with corrosion-protective coating covering and complying with:
1) ASTM A106 or A53, hot-dipped galvanized steel, Schedule 40, Type E, Grade B for sizes 1/2" - 1-1/2".
2) ASTM A53, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E, Grade B for sizes 2" - 8". c. Aboveground Portion: PE Transition fitting.
d. Outlet shall be threaded or flanged or suitable for welded connection. e. Tracer wire connection.
f. Ultraviolet sheild.
g. Stake supports with factory finish to match steel pipe casing or carrier pipe.
4. Transition Service-Line Risers: Factory fabricated and leak tested. a. Underground Portion: PE pipe complying with ASTM D 2513, SDR 11 inlet connected to steel pipe with corrosion-protective coating covering for aboveground and complying with:
1) ASTM A106 of A53, hot-dipped galvanized steel, Schedule 40, Type E, Grade B for sizes 1/2" - 1-1/2".
2) ASTM A53, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E, Grade B for sizes 2" - 8". b. Outlet shall threaded or flanged or suitable for welded connection. c. Bridging sleeve over mechanical coupling.
d. Factory-connected anode.
e. Tracer wire connection.
f. Ultraviolet sheild.
g. Stake supports with factory finish to match steel pipe casing or carrier pipe.
5. Plastic Mechanical Couplings, NPS 1-1/2" and Smaller: Capable of joining PE pipe to PE pipe.
a. PE body with molded-in, stainless-steel support ring. b. Buna-nitrile seals.
c. Acetal collets.
d. Electro-zinc-plated steel stiffener.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Piping 22 10 05 - 6
6. Plastic Mechanical Couplings, NPS 2 and Larger: Capable of joining PE pipe to PE pipe, steel pipe to PE pipe, or steel pipe to steel pipe.
a. Fiber-reinforced plastic body.
b. PE body tube.
c. Buna-nitrile seals.
d. Acetal collets.
e. Stainless-steel bolts, nuts, and washers.
7. Steel Mechanical Couplings: Capable of joining plain-end PE pipe to PE pipe, steel pipe to PE pipe, or steel pipe to steel pipe.
a. Stainless-steel flanges and tube with epoxy finish.
b. Buna-nitrile seals.
c. Stainless-steel bolts, washers, and nuts.
d. Factory-installed anode for steel-body couplings installed underground.
2.11 NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A. Pipe And Fittings - Interior:
1. ASTM A53, Type F, Grade A, Black Steel, Schedule 40
a. Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME B1.20.1
2. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern.
3. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends.
4. Forged-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, minimum Class 150, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings:
a. Material Group: 1.1.
b. End Connections: Threaded or butt welding to match pipe. c. Lapped Face: Not permitted underground.
d. Gasket Materials: ASME B16.20, metallic, flat, asbestos free, aluminum o-rings, and spiral-wound metal gaskets.
e. Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel aboveground adn stainless steel underground.
B. Pipe And Fittings - Exterior above grade and Interior within Pool Mechanical Room:
1. ASTM A53, Type F, Grade A, Hot-Dip Galvanized , Schedule 40 a. Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME B1.20.1 b. Paint exposed, exterior metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties, except components, with factory-applied paint or protective coating.
1) Alkyd System: MPI EXT 5.1D.
(a) Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer.
(b) Intermediate Coat: Exterior alkyd enamel matching topcoat. (c) Topcoat: Exterior alkyd enamel (semigloss).
(d) Color: Gray.
2. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern.
3. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends.
4. Forged-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, minimum Class 150, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings:
a. Material Group: 1.1.
b. End Connections: Threaded or butt welding to match pipe. c. Lapped Face: Not permitted underground.
d. Gasket Materials: ASME B16.20, metallic, flat, asbestos free, aluminum o-rings, and spiral-wound metal gaskets.
e. Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel aboveground and stainless steel underground.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Piping 22 10 05 - 7
2.12 ENCASEMENT FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING
A. High density cross laminated polyethylene film intended for encasement of underground piping for protection against corrosion.
1. ASTM 1674 or AWWA C105
2. Minimum thickness: 0.004-inch
3. Form: Tube
4. Color: Natural
2.13 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS
A. Unions for Pipe Sizes 3 Inches and Under:
1. Ferrous pipe: ASME B16.39, Class 150 malleable iron threaded unions.
2. Copper tube and pipe: Class 150 bronze unions with soldered joints.
B. Flanges for Pipe Size Over 1 Inch:
1. Ferrous Pipe: Class 150 malleable iron threaded or forged steel slip-on flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets.
2. Copper Tube and Pipe: Class 150 slip-on bronze flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets.
2.14 CONDENSATE PIPING
A. Copper Tube And Fittings:
1. Hard Drawn Copper DWV Tube: ASTM B 306, drainage tube, drawn temper.
2. Copper Drainage Fittings: ASME B16.23, cast copper or ASME B16.29, wrought copper, solder-joint fittings.
2.15 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Provide hangers and supports that comply with MSS SP-58.
1. If type of hanger or support for a particular situation is not indicated, select appropriate type using MSS SP-58 recommendations.
2. Overhead Supports: Individual steel rod hangers attached to structure or to trapeze hangers.
3. Trapeze Hangers: Welded steel channel frames attached to structure.
4. Vertical Pipe Support: Steel riser clamp.
5. Floor Supports: Concrete pier or steel pedestal with floor flange; fixture attachment.
B. Plumbing Piping - Drain, Waste, and Vent:
1. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 Inch to 1-1/2 Inches: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring.
2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.
3. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook.
4. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp.
5. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.
6. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated.
C. Plumbing Piping - Water:
1. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 Inch to 1-1/2 Inches: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring.
2. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.
3. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 Inches to 4 Inches: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.
4. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and Over: Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron pipe roll, double hanger.
5. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook.
6. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Piping 22 10 05 - 8
7. Wall Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp with adjustable steel yoke and cast iron pipe roll.
8. Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.
9. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, locknut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.
10. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and Over: Adjustable cast iron pipe roll and stand, steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support.
11. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated, plastic-coated, or felt- lined for non-insulated copper pipe.
D. Hanger Fasteners: Attach hangers to structure using appropriate fasteners, as follows:
1. Concrete Wedge Expansion Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC193.
2. Masonry Wedge Expansion Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC01.
3. Concrete Screw Type Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC193.
4. Masonry Screw Type Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC106.
2.16 MANUFACTURED SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS
A. Modular/Mechanical Seal:
1. Synthetic rubber interlocking links continuously fill annular space between pipe and wall/casing opening.
2. Provide watertight seal between pipe and wall/casing opening.
3. Elastomer element size and material in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
4. Glass reinforced plastic pressure end plates.
2.17 RELIEF VALVES
A. Pressure:
1. ANSI Z21.22, AGA certified, bronze body, teflon seat, steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated.
B. Temperature and Pressure:
1. ANSI Z21.22, AGA certified, bronze body, teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, temperature relief maximum 210 degrees F, capacity ASME BPVC-IV certified and labelled.
2.18 STRAINERS FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
A. Y-Pattern Strainers:
1. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 inch and smaller. Cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or FDA-approved, epoxy coating for NPS 2-1/2 inch and larger.
3. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 inch and smaller. Flanged for NPS 2-1/2 inch and larger.
4. Screen: Stainless steel with round perforations, unless otherwise noted.
5. Perforation Size:
a. Strainers NPS 2 inch and Smaller: 0.062 inch (157 mm) b. Strainers NPS 2-1/2 inch to NPS 4 inch: 0.125 inch (3.18 mm). c. Strainers NPS 5 inch and Larger: 0.25 inch (6.35 mm)
6. Drain: Factory-installed, hose-end drain valve.
2.19 VACUUM BREAKERS
A. Pipe-Applied, Atmospheric-Type Vacuum Breakers:
1. Standard: ASSE 1001.
2. Size: NPS 1/4 to NPS 3 inch, as required to match connected piping.
3. Body: Bronze.
4. Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Piping 22 10 05 - 9
5. Finish: Chrome Plated.
B. Pressure Vacuum Breakers:
1. Standard: ASSE 1020.
2. Operation: Continuous-pressure Applications.
3. Accessories:
a. Valves: Ball Type, on inlet and outlet.
2.20 PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Appliance Flexible Connectors:
1. Indoor, Fixed-Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.24.
2. Indoor, Movable-Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.69.
3. Outdoor, Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.75.
4. Operating-Pressure Rating: 0.5 psig.
5. End Fittings: Zinc-coated steel.
6. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1.
7. Maximum Length: 72 inches
B. Y-Pattern Strainers:
1. Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection.
2. End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
3. Strainer Screen: 60-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket with 50 percent free area.
4. CWP Rating: 125 psig
C. Weatherproof Vent Cap: Cast- or malleable-iron increaser fitting with corrosion-resistant wire screen, with free area at least equal to cross-sectional area of connecting pipe and threaded- end connection
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.
B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.
C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.
3.03 TRENCHING FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING
A. Comply with requirements of Division 31.
B. Comply with recommendations of available geotechnical report C. Installation and Construction: Trench excavation shall comply with AST D2321.
1. Fill material shall be free of roots, rocks, debris, and organic materials. Fill material shall swell less than 3% when compacted.
2. Sand bedding material shall be natural river or bank sand free of silt, clay, loam, friable or soluable materials, and organic materials. Graded in accordnace with ANSI/ASTM C136.
3. Trench backfill in layers.
4. Compact bedding before placing pipe.
5. Hand place fill material to six inches above top of pipe and compact fill without damaging piping.
6. Reaminder of fill may be placed in trench by gravity from height not exceeding 12-inches above trench.
3.04 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Piping 22 10 05 - 10
B. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals.
C. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls.
D. Install piping to maintain headroom, conserve space, and not interfere with use of space.
E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.
F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.
G. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings.
H. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed.
I. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure not less than 2 ft of cover.
J. Install vent piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof assembly; K. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.
L. Provide support for utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility companies.
M. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for finish painting.
N. Excavate in accordance with Section 31 23 16.
O. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Refer to Section 22 05 23.
P. Install water piping to ASME B31.9.
Q. Copper Pipe and Tube: Make soldered joints in accordance with ASTM B828, using specified solder, and flux meeting ASTM B813; in potable water systems use flux also complying with NSF 61 and NSF 372.
R. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors.
S. Inserts:
1. Provide inserts for placement in concrete formwork.
2. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams.
3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches.
4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface.
5. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above slab.
T. Pipe Hangers and Supports:
1. Install in accordance with ASME B31.9.
2. Support horizontal piping as indicated.
3. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work.
4. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow.
5. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe.
6. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers.
7. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping.
8. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed.
9. Support cast iron drainage piping at every joint.
U. Manufactured Sleeve-Seal Systems:
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Piping 22 10 05 - 11
1. Install manufactured sleeve-seal systems in sleeves located in grade slabs and exterior concrete walls at piping entrances into building.
2. Provide sealing elements of the size, quantity, and type required for the piping and sleeve inner diameter or penetration diameter.
3. Locate piping in center of sleeve or penetration.
4. Install field assembled sleeve-seal system components in annular space between sleeve and piping.
5. Tighten bolting for a water-tight seal.
6. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
V. When installing more than one piping system material, ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system. Provide necessary joining fittings.
Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided.
3.05 APPLICATION
A. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections.
B. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe.
C. Install ball valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers.
D. Provide flow controls in water recirculating systems where indicated.
3.06 TOLERANCES
A. Drainage Piping: Establish invert elevations within 1/2 inch vertically of location indicated and slope to drain at minimum of 1/4 inch per foot slope.
B. Water Piping: Slope at minimum of 1/32 inch per foot and arrange to drain at low points.
3.07 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM
A. Disinfect water distribution system in accordance with Division 31.
B. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed and clean.
C. Ensure acidity (pH) of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric).
D. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet or gas form, throughout system to obtain 50 to 80 mg/L residual.
E. Bleed water from outlets to ensure distribution and test for disinfectant residual at minimum 15 percent of outlets.
F. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours.
G. If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment.
H. Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal to that of incoming water or 1.0 mg/L.
I. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 10 percent of outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651.
3.08 SCHEDULES
A. Pipe Hanger Spacing:
1. Metal Piping:
a. Pipe Size: 1/2 inches to 1-1/4 inches:
1) Maximum Hanger Spacing: 6.5 ft.
2) Hanger Rod Diameter: 3/8 inches.
b. Pipe Size: 1-1/2 inches to 2 inches:
1) Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10 ft.
2) Hanger Rod Diameter: 3/8 inch.
c. Pipe Size: 2-1/2 inches to 3 inches:
1) Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10 ft.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Piping 22 10 05 - 12
2) Hanger Rod Diameter: 1/2 inch.
d. Pipe Size: 4 inches to 6 inches:
1) Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10 ft.
2) Hanger Rod Diameter: 5/8 inch.
e. Pipe Size: 8 inches to 12 inches:
1) Maximum hanger spacing: 14 ft.
2) Hanger Rod Diameter: 7/8 inch.
f. Pipe Size: 14 inches and Over:
1) Maximum Hanger Spacing: 20 ft.
2) Hanger Rod Diameter: 1 inch.
2. Plastic Piping:
a. All Sizes:
1) Maximum Hanger Spacing: 6 ft.
2) Hanger Rod Diameter: 3/8 inch.
END OF SECTION 22 10 05
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Plumbing Piping Specialties 22 10 06 - 1
SECTION 22 10 06
PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Drains.
B. Cleanouts.
C. Hose bibbs.
D. Refrigerator valve and recessed box.
E. Backflow preventers.
F. Water hammer arrestors.
G. Mixing valves.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASME A112.6.3 - Floor Drains; 2022.
B. ASME A112.6.4 - Roof, Deck, and Balcony Drains; 2022.
C. ASSE 1011 - Performance Requirements for Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers; 2023.
D. ASSE 1012 - Performance Requirements for Backflow Preventers with an Intermediate Atmospheric Vent; 2021.
E. ASSE 1013 - Performance Requirements for Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assemblies; 2021.
F. ASSE 1019 - Performance Requirements for Wall Hydrant with Backflow Protection and Freeze Resistance; 2011 (Reaffirmed 2016).
G. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; 2023.
H. NSF 372 - Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content; 2022.
I. PDI-WH 201 - Water Hammer Arresters; 2017.
J. NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components."
K. California Health & Safety Code 116875 for lead free content.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes.
C. Operation Data: Indicate frequency of treatment required for interceptors.
D. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Accept specialties on site in original factory packaging. Inspect for damage.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Specialties in Potable Water Supply Systems: Provide products that comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for maximum lead content.
2.02 CLEANOUTS
A. Exposed Metal Cleanouts :
1. Standard: ASME A112.3.1 for stainless steel for cleanout test tee.
2. Size: Same as connected drainage piping
3. Body Material: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match connected piping.
4. Closure: Countersunk, brass plug.
5. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size.
B. Metal Floor Cleanouts :
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. b. Watts Drainage Products Inc.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Plumbing Piping Specialties 22 10 06 - 2
c. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.
2. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M for cast-iron soil pipe with cast-iron ferrule cleanout.
3. Size: Same as connected branch.
4. Type: Cast-iron soil pipe with cast-iron ferrule.
5. Body or Ferrule:
6. Clamping Device: Required.
7. Outlet Connection: Inside calk.
8. Closure: Brass plug with tapered threads.
9. Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron with threads.
10. Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Stainless steel.
11. Frame and Cover Shape: Round.
12. Top Loading Classification: Heavy Duty.
13. Riser: ASTM A 74, Service class, cast-iron drainage pipe fitting and riser to cleanout.
14. Standard: ASME A112.3.1.
15. Size: Same as connected branch.
16. Housing: Stainless steel.
17. Closure: Stainless steel with seal.
18. Riser: Stainless-steel drainage pipe fitting to cleanout.
C. Cast-Iron Wall Cleanouts :
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. MIFAB, Inc.
b. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. c. Watts Drainage Products Inc.
d. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.
2. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M. Include wall access.
3. Size: Same as connected drainage piping.
4. Body: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match connected piping.
5. Closure: Countersunk, brass plug.
6. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size.
7. Wall Access: Round, flat, chrome-plated brass or stainless-steel cover plate with screw.
8. Wall Access: Round, nickel-bronze, copper-alloy, or stainless-steel wall-installation frame and cover.
2.03 ROOF FLASHING ASSEMBLIES
A. Roof Flashing Assemblies :
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Acorn Engineering Company; Elmdor/Stoneman Div.
b. Thaler Metal Industries Ltd.
B. Description: Manufactured assembly made of 4.0-lb/sq. ft. (20-kg/sq. m), 0.0625-inch- (1.6- mm-) thick, lead flashing collar and skirt extending at least 6 inches (150 mm) from pipe, with galvanized-steel boot reinforcement and counterflashing fitting.
2.04 VANDAL-PROOF VENT CAPS
A. Description: Low-silhouette vandal-proof hooded vent cap for roof terminations of sanitary vent lines.
1. Cast iron body.
2. Vandal-proof securing device.
B. Provide vandal-proof vent caps at all roof vent terminations.
2.05 THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP ASSEMBLIES
A. Through-Penetration Firestop Assemblies:
1. Standard: UL 1479 assembly of sleeve and stack fitting with firestopping plug.
2. Size: Same as connected soil, waste, or vent stack.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Plumbing Piping Specialties 22 10 06 - 3
3. Sleeve: Molded PVC plastic, of length to match slab thickness and with integral nailing flange on one end for installation in cast-in-place concrete slabs.
4. Stack Fitting: ASTM A 48/A 48M, gray-iron, hubless-pattern, wye branch with neoprene O-ring at base and gray-iron plug in thermal-release harness. Include PVC protective cap for plug.
5. Special Coating: Corrosion resistant on interior of fittings
2.06 FLASHING MATERIALS
A. Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper bearing, with the following minimum weights and thicknesses, unless otherwise indicated:
1. General Use: 4.0-lb/sq. ft. (20-kg/sq. m), 0.0625-inch (1.6-mm) thickness.
2. Vent Pipe Flashing: 3.0-lb/sq. ft. (15-kg/sq. m), 0.0469-inch (1.2-mm) thickness.
3. Burning: 6-lb/sq. ft. (30-kg/sq. m), 0.0938-inch (2.4-mm) thickness.
B. Fasteners: Metal compatible with material and substrate being fastened.
C. Metal Accessories: Sheet metal strips, clamps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units required for installation; matching or compatible with material being installed.
D. Solder: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloy.
E. Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent-type, bituminous mastic PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system.
C. Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade.
D. Install floor cleanouts at elevation to accommodate finished floor.
E. Install approved potable water protection devices on plumbing lines where contamination of domestic water may occur; on boiler feed water lines, janitor rooms, fire sprinkler systems, premise isolation, irrigation systems, flush valves, interior and exterior hose bibbs.
F. Pipe relief from backflow preventer to nearest drain.
G. Install water hammer arrestors complete with accessible isolation valve on hot and cold water supply piping to lavatories sinks and washing machine outlets .
END OF SECTION 22 10 06
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Plumbing Equipment 22 30 00 - 1
SECTION 22 30 00
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Water Heaters:
1. Commercial gas fired, tank-type.
2. Commercial electric, tank-type.
3. Commerical heat pump, tank-type
4. Commercial electric, instantaneous.
B. In-line circulator pumps.
C. Pressure booster systems.
D. Sewage ejectors.
E. Submersible sump pumps.
F. Cooling condensate removal pumps.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 83 - Wiring Connections: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI Z21.10.1 - Gas Water Heaters, Volume I, Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings of 75,000 Btu Per Hour or Less; 2019, with Errata (2020).
B. ANSI Z21.10.3 - Gas-Fired Water Heaters, Volume III, Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings Above 75,000 Btu Per Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous; 2019.
C. ASME BPVC-VIII-1 - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1: Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels; 2023.
D. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2020.
E. UL 174 - Standard for Household Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
F. UL 778 - Standard for Motor-Operated Water Pumps; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
G. UL 1453 - Standard for Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittals procedures.
B. Product Data:
1. Provide dimension drawings of water heaters indicating components and connections to other equipment and piping.
2. Indicate pump type, capacity, power requirements.
3. Provide certified pump curves showing pump performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable.
4. Provide electrical characteristics and connection requirements.
C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include operation, maintenance, and inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and service depot location and telephone number.
D. Warranty Documentation: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer.
E. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
B. Certifications:
1. Water Heaters: NSF approved.
2. Gas Water Heaters: Certified by CSA International to ANSI Z21.10.1, as applicable.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Plumbing Equipment 22 30 00 - 2
3. Gas Water Heaters: Comply with SCAQMD Rule 1146.2 requirements for ultra low-NOx emissions.
4. Electric Water Heaters: UL listed and labeled to UL 174.
5. Water Tanks: ASME labeled to ASME BPVC-VIII-1.
6. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
C. Identification: Provide pumps with manufacturer's name, model number, and rating/capacity identified by permanently attached label.
D. Performance: Ensure pumps operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Provide three year manufacturer warranty for domestic water heaters.
C. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for booster pumps, sewage ejectors, and sump pumps.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 WATER HEATERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. A.O. Smith Water Products Co: www.hotwater.com/#sle.
2. Bock Water Heaters, Inc: www.bockwaterheaters.com/#sle.
3. Rheem Manufacturing Company: www.rheem.com/#sle.
4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Commercial Gas Fired, Tank-type:
1. Type: Automatic, natural gas-fired, vertical storage.
2. Performance: Refer to Drawings
3. Tank: Glass lined welded steel ASME labeled; multiple flue passages, 4 inch diameter inspection port, thermally insulated with minimum 2 inches glass fiber, encased in corrosion-resistant steel jacket; baked-on enamel finish; floor shield and legs.
4. Accessories:
a. Water Connections: Brass.
b. Dip Tube: Brass.
c. Drain valve.
d. Anode: Magnesium.
e. Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve: CSA-certified and ASME-rated.
5. Controls: Automatic water thermostat with temperature range adjustable from 90 to 180 degrees F, automatic reset high temperature limiting thermostat factory set at 195 degrees F, gas pressure regulator, multi-ribbon or tubular burner, 100 percent safety shut-off pilot and thermocouple, flue baffle and draft hood.
C. Commercial Electric, Tank-type:
1. Type: Factory-assembled and wired, electric, vertical storage.
2. Performance: Refer to Drawings
3. Electrical Characteristics: Refer to Drawings
4. Accessories:
a. Water Connections: Brass.
b. Dip Tube: Brass.
c. Drain valve.
d. Anode: Magnesium.
e. Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve: ASME labeled.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Plumbing Equipment 22 30 00 - 3
5. Tank: Welded steel ASME labeled pressure vessel; glass lining, mounted on steel channel base with lifting lugs, insulated with 2 inch glass fiber; enclosed with 16 gage,
0.0598 inch steel jacket; baked enamel finish.
6. Controls: Ventilated control cabinet, factory-wired with solid state progressive sequencing step controller, fuses, magnetic contactors, control transformer, pilot lights indicating main power and heating steps, control circuit toggle switch, electronic low-water (probe-type) cut-off, high temperature limit thermostat, flush-mounted temperature and pressure gauges.
7. Heating Elements: Flange-mounted immersion elements; individual elements sheathed with Incoloy corrosion-resistant metal alloy, rated less than 75 W/sq in.
D. Commercial Heat Pump, Tank-type:
1. Type: Factory-assembled and wired, electric heat pump, vertical storage.
2. Performance: Refer to Drawings
3. Electrical Characteristics: Refer to Drawings
4. Accessories:
a. Water Connections: Brass.
b. Drain valve.
c. Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve: ASME labeled.
5. Temperature Range: 90-180°F.
6. Operating ambient temperature range: 40-110° F
7. Refrigerant: R-134a
8. Controls: LCD display with built-in diagnostic and troubleshooting information. Multiple operating modes: "Efficiency, Hybrid or Electric"
9. Tank: Welded steel ASME labeled pressure vessel; glass lining, mounted on steel channel base with lifting lugs, insulated with 2 inch glass fiber; enclosed with 16 gage,
0.0598 inch steel jacket; baked enamel finish.
E. Commercial Electric, Instantaneous:
1. Type: Factory-assembled and wired, electric, instaneous.
2. Performance: Refer to Drawings
3. Electrical Characteristics: Refer to Drawings
4. Temperature Range: 90-140°F.
5. Accessories:
a. Water connections: 3/4" NPT brass
b. Digital control interface
c. Electrical soft start
2.02 IN-LINE CIRCULATOR PUMPS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Armstrong Fluid Technology: www.armstrongfluidtechnology.com/#sle.
2. Bell & Gossett, a xylem brand: www.bellgossett.com/#sle.
3. Grundfos
4. Taco
5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Casing: Bronze or Cast Iron, rated for 125 psig working pressure.
C. Impeller: Bronze or Composite.
D. Shaft: Steel or ceramic.
E. Motor: Integral to pump.
F. Performance: Refer to Drawings.
2.03 PRESSURE BOOSTER SYSTEMS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Armstrong Fluid Technology: www.armstrongfluidtechnology.com/#sle.
2. Bell & Gossett, a xylem brand: www.bellgossett.com/#sle.
3. Syncro Flo, Inc: www.syncroflo.com/#sle.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Plumbing Equipment 22 30 00 - 4
B. System: Packaged with two pumps, factory assembled, tested, and adjusted; shipped to site as integral unit; consisting of pumps, valves, and galvanized piping, with control panel assembled on fabricated steel base with structural steel framework.
C. Controls and Instruments: Locate in NEMA 250 Type 1 general purpose enclosure with main disconnect interlocked with door, fused circuit for each motor, magnetic starters with three overloads, control circuit transformer with fuse protection, selector switch for each pump, low limit pressure switch, low pressure alarm light, running lights, current sensing devices, minimum run timers, manual alternation, and suction and discharge pressure gauges.
D. Lead Pump: Operate continuously with lag pump operating on system demand. Should lead pump fail to operate, next pump in sequence shall start automatically.
E. Time Delay Relay: Prevent lag pump short cycling on fluctuating demands.
F. Thermal Bleed Circuit with Solenoid Valve: Prevent overheating during low demand.
G. Low Pressure Control: Stop pump operation if incoming water pressure drops to atmospheric.
H. Pump Switch: Permit manual or automatic operation.
I. Valving: Each pump outlet combination pressure reducing and check valve to maintain constant system pressure. Provide gate or butterfly valves on suction and discharge of each pump. Provide check valve on each pump discharge.
J. Time Clock for Automatic Day-Night Changeover:
1. Day cycle: System shall operate continuously with pressure to fixtures maintained by pressure reducing valves.
2. Night Cycle: Pump shall operate intermittently on pressure switch located near pressure tank operating pump for pre-determined adjustable time period.
K. Performance: Refer to Drawings
2.04 SEWAGE EJECTORS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Armstrong Fluid Technology: www.armstronfluidtechnology.com/#sle.
2. Goulds Water Technology, a xylem brand: www.goulds.com/#sle.
3. Zoeller Company: www.zoeller.com/#sle.
4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Type: Vertical centrifugal, direct connected, duplex arrangement.
C. Casing: Cast iron volute with radial clearance around impeller, inlet strainer, slide away couplings.
D. Impeller: Cast iron; open non-clog, keyed to corrosion resistant alloy steel shaft.
E. Support: Cast iron pedestal motor support on steel floor plate with gas tight gaskets.
F. Bearings: Forced grease lubricated bronze sleeve spaced maximum 48 inches and grease lubricated ball thrust at floor plate.
G. Drive: Flexible coupling to vertical, solid shaft ball bearing electric motor.
H. Sump: Steel cover plate with steel curb frame for grouting into concrete sump with inspection opening and cover, and alarm fittings.
I. Controls (Duplex): Float operated mechanical alternator with float rod, stops, and corrosion resistant float to alternate operation of pumps, cut-in second pump on rising level or lead pump failure, separate pressure switch high level alarm with transformer, alarm bell, and standpipe and emergency float switch with float rod, stops, and corrosion resistant float to operate both pumps on failure of alternator.
J. Performance: Refer to Drawings.
2.05 SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Armstrong Fluid Technology: www.armstrongfluidtechnology.com/#sle.
2. Goulds Water Technology, a xylem brand: www.goulds.com/#sle.
3. Zoeller Company: www.zoeller.com/#sle.
4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Type: Completely submersible, vertical, centrifugal.
C. Casing: Cast iron pump body and oil filled motor chamber.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Plumbing Equipment 22 30 00 - 5
D. Impeller: Cast iron; open non-clog, stainless steel shaft.
E. Bearings: Ball bearings.
F. Sump: Fiberglass basin with steel cover plate.
G. Accessories: Oil resistant 6 foot cord and plug with three-prong connector for connection to electric wiring system including grounding connector.
H. Servicing: Slide-away coupling consisting of discharge elbow secure to sump floor, movable bracket, guide pipe system, lifting chain and chain hooks.
I. Controls: Motor control panel containing across-the-line electric motor starters with ambient compensated quick trip overloads in each phase with manual trip button and reset button, circuit breaker, control transformer, electro mechanical alternator, hand-off-automatic selector switches, pilot lights, high water alarm pilot light, reset button and alarm horn. Provide mercury switch liquid level controls, steel shell switch encased in polyurethane foam with cast iron weight for pump on (each pump), pump off (common), and alarm.
J. Performance: Refer to Drawings
2.06 COOLING CONDENSATE REMOVAL PUMPS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Aspen Pumps
2. Little Giant / Franklin Electric
3. Zoeller Company[<>]: www.zoeller.com
4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Construction: Commercial grade, nonferrous pump with stainless steel shaft, integral discharge check valve, integral float switch, safety switch, thermoplastic reservoir, motor assembly, and power cord with ground.
C. Safety: UL 778.
D. Performance: Refer to Drawings
2.07 ELECTRICAL WORK
A. Provide electrical motor driven equipment specified complete with motors, motor starters, controls, and wiring.
B. Electrical characteristics to be as specified or indicated.
C. Furnish motor starters complete with thermal overload protection and other appurtenances necessary for the motor control specified.
D. Supply manual or automatic control and protective or signal devices required for the operation specified, and any control wiring required for controls and devices not shown.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install plumbing equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, as required by code, and complying with conditions of certification, if any.
B. Coordinate with plumbing piping and related fuel piping work to achieve operating system.
C. Pumps:
1. Provide line sized isolating valve and strainer on suction and line sized soft seated check valve and balancing valve on discharge.
2. Ensure pumps operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve.
3. Align and verify alignment of base mounted pumps prior to start-up
4. Provide electrical interlocking from cooling condensate pump safety switch to associated HVAC unit(s) furnished under other Sections.
3.02 SCHEDULES
A. Refer to Drawings.
END OF SECTION 22 30 00
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Fixtures 22 40 00 - 1
SECTION 22 40 00
PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Water closets.
B. Urinals.
C. Lavatories.
D. Sinks.
E. Service sinks.
F. Electric water coolers.
G. Drinking fountains.
H. Eye and face wash fountains.
I. Emergency showers.
J. Hose Bibbs
K. Icemaker Supply Boxes
L. Trap Primers
M. Water Hammer Arrestors
N. Thermostatic Mixing Valves
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 22 10 05 - Plumbing Piping.
B. Section 22 10 06 - Plumbing Piping Specialties.
C. Section 22 30 00 - Plumbing Equipment.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ADA Standards - 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design; 2010.
B. ANSI Z358.1 - American National Standard for Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment; 2009.
C. ASME A112.6.1M - Supports for Off-the-Floor Plumbing Fixtures for Public Use; 1997 (Reaffirmed 2002).
D. ASME A112.18.1 - Plumbing Supply Fittings; 2012.
E. ASME A112.19.1 - Enamelled Cast Iron and Enamelled Steel Plumbing Fixtures; 2013.
F. ASME A112.19.1M - Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2008 (R2011).
G. ASME A112.19.5 - Flush Valves and Spuds for Water Closets, Urinals, and Tanks; 2011.
H. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; 2022, with Errata.
I. NSF 372 - Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content; 2022.
J. UL (DIR) - Online Certifications Directory; Current Edition.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide catalog illustrations of fixtures, sizes, rough-in dimensions, utility sizes, trim, and finishes.
C. Maintenance Data: Include fixture trim exploded view and replacement parts lists.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Fixtures 22 40 00 - 2
D. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
C. Accessible Plumbing Fixtures:
1. Accessible Plumbing Fixtures, plumbing fixtures intended for people with disabilities, shall comply with requirements contained in:
a. ICC A117.1, "Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities" b. Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act"
c. Public Law 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities Act"
2. Plumbing fixtures and accessories in toilet rooms shall comply with CBC Section 11B-213.2 and Section 11B-213.3.
3. Accessible plumbing fixtures shall comply with all requirements of CBC Section 11B, Division 6.
a. Clearance around accesible water closets shall be minimum 60 inches measured perpendicular from side wall and 56 inches measured perpendicular from rear wall per CBC Section 11B-604.3.1
b. Heights and location of accessible plumbing fixtures shall comply with CBC Sections 11B-602 through 11B-612.
c. Fixture controls for accessible plumbing fixtures shall comply with the following:
1) CBC Section 11B-602.3 for drinking fountains
2) CBC Section 11B-604.6 for water closets
3) CBC Section 11B-604.9.5 for children's water closets 4) CBC Section 11B-605.4 for urinals
5) CBC Section 11B-606.4 for lavatories and sinks
6) CBC Section 11B-607.5 for bath tubs
7) CBC Section 11B-608.5 for showers
8) CBC Section 11B-611.3 for washing machines and clothes dryers
4. Accessible sinks shall be mounted with the front of the counter or rim no higher and 34” above the finished floor.
5. Depth of lavatories or sinks shall not interfere with knee or toe clearance provided in accordance with CBC Section 11B-306 when a forward approach is required.
6. Water supply and drain pipes under lavatories and sinks shall be insualted or otherwise configured to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrsive surfaces under lavatories and sinks. Refer to CBC Section 11B-605.5.
7. Accessible sinks shall be a maximum of 6-1/2” deep.
8. Heights and location of plumbing fixtures shall comply with DSA Checklist Figure 15-A.
D. Plumbing Fixture Water Flow Rates:
1. Comply with requirements in Public Law 102-486, "Energy Policy Act," regarding water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures.
2. Comply with requirements of California CCF Title 24, Part 11 "California Green Building Standards", Section 5.303 Indoor Water Use, regarding plumbing fixture maximum flow rates.
E. NSF Standards: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects," and NSF 372 "Lead Content Compliance" for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water. Provide pipe and fittings with NSF certification marks demonstrating complaince.
F. Lead Content Restrictions: Domestic water piping, valves, and components shall conform to California AB 1953 Legislation as applicable for maximum allowable lead content.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Fixtures 22 40 00 - 3
G. Gender Neutral Restrooms: All single-user restrooms shall be designated as gender neutral facilities by a door symbol and signage that complies with CBC Section 11B-216.8 and 11B-703.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Accept fixtures on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage.
B. Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by leaving factory packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for electric water cooler.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Refer to schedules in Plumbing drawings for plumbing fixture specifications and additional information.
2.02 FLUSH VALVE WATER CLOSETS
A. Water Closets: Vitreous china, ASME A112.19.2, floor mounted, siphon jet flush action, china bolt caps. Flush Volume: 1.28 gallon per flush, maximum
1. Bowl: ASME A112.19.2; 16.5 inches high with elongated rim.
2. Outlet Size: 2 inches.
3. Color: White.
4. Manufacturers:
a. American Standard, Inc: www.americanstandard-us.com. b. Kohler Company: www.kohler.com.
c. Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com.
B. Flush Valves: ASME A112.18.1, diaphragm type, complete with vacuum breaker stops and accessories.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Sloan Valve Company: www.sloanvalve.com.
C. Seats:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Bemis Manufacturing Company: www.bemismfg.com.
b. Church Seat Company: www.churchseats.com.
c. Olsonite: www.olsonite.com.
d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
D. Water Closet Carriers:
1. Manufacturers:
a. JOSAM Company: www.josam.com.
b. Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com.
c. J.R. Smith Manufacturing Co.: www.jrsmith.com.
d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2. ASME A112.6.1M; adjustable cast iron frame, integral drain hub and vent, adjustable spud, lugs for floor and wall attachment, threaded fixture studs with nuts and washers.
2.03 WALL HUNG URINALS
A. Urinals: Vitreous china, ASME A112.19.2, wall hung with side shields and concealed carrier.
Flush Volume: 0.125 gallon per flush, maximum.
1. Manufacturers:
a. American Standard, Inc: www.americanstandard-us.com/#sle.
B. Urinals: Vitreous china, ASME A112.19.2, wall hung with side shields and concealed carrier.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Fixtures 22 40 00 - 4
1. Flush Volume: 0.125 gallon per flush, maximum.
2. Flush Valve: Exposed (top spud).
3. Flush Operation: Sensor operated.
4. Trap: Integral.
C. Flush Valves: ASME A112.18.1, diaphragm type, complete with vacuum breaker stops and accessories.
1. Sensor-Operated Type: Solenoind or motor-driven operator, low voltage hard-wired, infrared sensor with mechanical over-ride or over-ride push button.
2. Exposed Type: Chrome plated, escutcheon, integral screwdriver stop.
3. Manufacturers:
a. American Standard, Inc: www.americanstandard-us.com/#sle. b. Sloan Valve Company: www.sloanvalve.com.
c. Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com.
d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
D. Wall Hung Urinal Carriers:
1. Manufacturers:
a. JOSAM Company: www.josam.com.
b. Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com.
c. J.R. Smith Manufacturing Co.: www.jrsmith.com.
d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2. ASME A112.6.1M; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for floor and wall attachment, threaded fixture studs for fixture hanger, bearing studs.
2.04 LAVATORIES AND SUPPLY FAUCETS
A. Manufacturers:
1. American Standard, Inc: www.americanstandard-us.com.
2. Kohler Company: www.kohler.com.
3. Zurn Industries, Inc: www.zurn.com.
4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Vitreous China Wall Hung Basin: ASME A112.19.2; vitreous china wall hung lavatory, 21-1/4" by 18-1/2" inch minimum, with 4 inch high back, rectangular basin with splash lip, front overflow, and soap depression.
1. Drilling Centers: 4 inch.
C. Supply Faucet Manufacturers:
1. Chicago Faucets: www.chicagofaucets.com.
D. Supply Faucet: ASME A112.18.1; chrome plated supply fitting with open grid strainer, water economy aerator with maximum flow of 0.5 gallon per minute (low-flow), manual metering type.
2.05 SINKS
A. Manufacturers:
1. American Standard, Inc: www.americanstandard-us.com.
2. Kohler Company: www.kohler.com.
3. Just Manufacturing: www.justmfg.com.
4. Elkay Manufacturing Company[<>]: www.elkay.com
5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.06 DRINKING FOUNTAINS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Elkay Manufacturing Company: www.elkay.com.
2. Haws Corporation: www.hawsco.com.
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.07 ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Fixtures 22 40 00 - 5
A. Manufacturers:
1. Elkay Manufacturing Company: www.elkay.com.
2. Haws Corporation: www.hawsco.com.
3. Oasis, a Lynn Tilton Company: www.oasiscoolers.com/#sle.
4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.08 SERVICE SINKS
A. Service Sink Manufacturers:
1. American Standard, Inc: www.americanstandard-us.com.
2. Kohler Company: kohler.com.
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.09 EMERGENCY EYE AND FACE WASH
A. Manufacturers:
1. Haws Corporation: www.hawsco.com.
2. Bradley Corporation:: www.bradleycorp.com
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Emergency Wash: ANSI Z358.1; wall-mounted, self-cleaning, non-clogging eye and face wash with quick opening, full-flow valves, stainless steel eye and face wash receptor, twin eye wash heads and face spray ring, stainless steel dust cover, copper alloy control valve and fittings.
2.10 EMERGENCY SHOWERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Haws Corporation: www.hawsco.com.
2. Bradley Corporation. www.bradleycorp.com
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Emergency Shower: ANSI Z358.1; wall-mounted, self- cleaning, non-clogging 8 inch diameter stainless steel deluge shower head with elbow, one inch full flow valve with pull chain and 8 inch diameter ring, one inch interconnecting fittings.
2.11 HOSE BIBBS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Acorn
2. Jay R. Smith
3. Woodford
4. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements.
2.12 ICEMAKER SUPPLY BOXES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Chicago
2. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements
2.13 TRAP PRIMERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Jay R Smith
2. Precision Plumbing Products
3. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements
2.14 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Jay R Smith
2. Precision Plumbing Products
3. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements
2.15 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Fixtures 22 40 00 - 6
A. Manufacturers:
1. Bradley
2. Apollo Valve
3. Watts
4. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures.
B. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics.
C. Confirm that millwork is constructed with adequate provision for the installation of counter top lavatories and sinks.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough-in schedule for particular fixtures.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning.
B. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with loose key stops, reducers, and escutcheons.
C. Install components level and plumb.
D. Install and secure fixtures in place with wall carriers or wall supports and bolts.
E. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant. Color to match fixture.
3.04 INTERFACE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS
A. Review millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough-in and installation.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Clean plumbing fixtures and equipment.
3.07 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products from damage due to subsequent construction operations.
B. Do not permit use of fixtures by construction personnel.
C. Repair or replace damaged products before Date of Substantial Completion.
3.08 SCHEDULES
A. Refer to Drawings.
B. Fixture Heights: Install fixtures to heights above finished floor as indicated.
1. Water Closet:
a. Standard: 15 inches to top of bowl rim.
b. Accessible: 18 inches to top of seat.
2. Water Closet Flush Valves:
a. Standard: 11 inches min. above bowl rim.
b. Recessed: 10 inches min. above bowl rim.
3. Urinal:
a. Standard: 22 inches to top of bowl rim.
b. Accessible: 17 inches to top of bowl rim.
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement City Project No. - 4742 City of Carlsbad 2nt Plan Check Submittal - 05/01/2024
Plumbing Fixtures 22 40 00 - 7
4. Lavatory:
a. Standard: 31 inches to top of basin rim.
b. Accessible: 34 inches to top of basin rim.
5. Drinking Fountain:
a. Child: 30 inches to top of basin rim.
b. Standard Adult: 40 inches to top of basin rim.
c. Accessible: 36 inches to top of spout.
6. Shower Heads:
a. Adult: 69.5 inches to bottom of head.
b. Child: 58.5 inches to bottom of head.
7. Emergency Eye and Face Wash:
a. Standard: 38 inches to receptor rim.
8. Emergency Shower:
a. Standard: 84 inches to bottom of head.
END OF SECTION 22 40 00
LPA Project No. - 4742
2nd Plan Check Submittal – 05/01/2024
24 3rd Plan Check Submittal - 08/12/2024
This page intentionally left blank
Carlsbad Monroe Street Pool Replacement LPA Project No. - 19027.10 City of Carlsbad 1st Plan Check Submittal - 01/29/2024
Emergency Plumbing Fixtures 22 45 00 - 1
SECTION 22 45 00
EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 EMERGENCY-FIXTURE WATER-TEMPERING VALVES
A. Valve Assembly: Thermostatic mixing (blending) type made of lead-free cast brass body with integral built-in cold water bypass (fail safe), color marked dual-scale outlet temperature gauge, integral inlet check valve, integral inlet strainer, locking-type regulator, and mounting bracket.